Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements -...

176
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated) 2013 Annual Report 137 I GENERAL INFORMATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES Bank of China Limited (the “Bank”), formerly known as Bank of China, a State-owned joint stock commercial bank, was founded on 5 February 1912. From its formation until 1949, the Bank performed various functions of a central bank, foreign exchange bank and commercial bank specialising in trade finance. Following the founding of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) in 1949, the Bank was designated as a specialised foreign exchange bank. Since 1994, the Bank has evolved into a State-owned commercial bank. In this regard, in accordance with the Master Implementation Plan for the Joint Stock Reform approved by the State Council of the PRC, the Bank was converted into a joint stock commercial bank on 26 August 2004 and its name was changed from Bank of China to Bank of China Limited. In 2006, the Bank listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and the Shanghai Stock Exchange. The Bank is licensed as a financial institution by the China Banking Regulatory Commission (the “CBRC”) No. B0003H111000001 and is registered as a business enterprise with the State Administration of Industry and Commerce of the PRC No. 100000000001349, the registered address is No. 1, Fuxingmen Nei Dajie, Beijing, China. The Bank and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”) provide a full range of corporate banking, personal banking, treasury operations, investment banking, insurance and other services to its customers in the Chinese mainland, Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other major international financial centres. The Bank’s principal regulator is the CBRC. The operations in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions of the Group are subject to the supervision of local regulators. The parent company is Central Huijin Investment Limited (“Huijin”), a wholly owned subsidiary of China Investment Corporation (“CIC”), which owned 67.72% of the ordinary shares of the Bank as at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 67.72%). These consolidated financial statements have been approved by the Board of Directors on 26 March 2014.

Transcript of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements -...

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

2013 Annual Report137

I GENERAL INFORMATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIESBank of China Limited (the “Bank”), formerly known as Bank of China, a State-owned joint stock commercial bank, was founded on 5 February 1912. From its formation until 1949, the Bank performed various functions of a central bank, foreign exchange bank and commercial bank specialising in trade fi nance. Following the founding of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) in 1949, the Bank was designated as a specialised foreign exchange bank. Since 1994, the Bank has evolved into a State-owned commercial bank. In this regard, in accordance with the Master Implementation Plan for the Joint Stock Reform approved by the State Council of the PRC, the Bank was converted into a joint stock commercial bank on 26 August 2004 and its name was changed from Bank of China to Bank of China Limited. In 2006, the Bank listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and the Shanghai Stock Exchange.

The Bank is licensed as a fi nancial institution by the China Banking Regulatory Commission (the “CBRC”) No. B0003H111000001 and is registered as a business enterprise with the State Administration of Industry and Commerce of the PRC No. 100000000001349, the registered address is No. 1, Fuxingmen Nei Dajie, Beijing, China.

The Bank and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”) provide a full range of corporate banking, personal banking, treasury operations, investment banking, insurance and other services to its customers in the Chinese mainland, Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other major international fi nancial centres.

The Bank’s principal regulator is the CBRC. The operations in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions of the Group are subject to the supervision of local regulators.

The parent company is Central Huijin Investment Limited (“Huijin”), a wholly owned subsidiary of China Investment Corporation (“CIC”), which owned 67.72% of the ordinary shares of the Bank as at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 67.72%).

These consolidated fi nancial statements have been approved by the Board of Directors on 26 March 2014.

2013 Annual Report 138

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES1 Basis of preparation

The consolidated fi nancial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). In addition, the consolidated fi nancial statements comply with the disclosure requirements of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

The consolidated fi nancial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modifi ed by the revaluation of fi nancial assets available for sale, fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities at fair value through profi t or loss (including derivative fi nancial instruments) and investment properties.

The preparation of fi nancial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are signifi cant to the consolidated fi nancial statements are disclosed in Note III.

1.1 Standards, amendments and interpretations effective in 2013

On 1 January 2013, the Group adopted the following new standards, amendments and interpretations.

IAS 1 Amendments Presentation of Financial Statements — Other Comprehensive Income

IAS 19 Amendments Employee Benefi tsIFRS 7 Amendments Financial Instruments: Disclosures

— Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial LiabilitiesIFRS 10 Consolidated Financial StatementsIFRS 11 Joint ArrangementsIFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other EntitiesIAS 27 (Revised) Separate Financial StatementsIAS 28 (Revised) Investment in Associates and Joint VenturesIFRS 13 Fair Value MeasurementIFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 Amendments

Transition Guidance

Annual Improvements 2009–2011 cycle (issued in May 2012)

The Group adopted the IAS 1 Amendments — Presentation of Financial Statements: Other Comprehensive Income in 2013. It requires separate items presented in other comprehensive income into two groups based on whether or not they may be recycled to profi t or loss in the future. The adoption of IAS 1 Amendments does not have any impact on the Group’s operating results and fi nancial position.

The Group adopted the IAS 19 Amendments — Employee Benefi ts in 2013. The Group restated the actuarial gains and losses recognised in prior year. For the impact of the retrospective application, refer to Note II.23.

The adoption of other standards, amendments and interpretations does not have a signifi cant impact on the operating results, fi nancial position or comprehensive income of the Group.

2013 Annual Report139

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

1 Basis of preparation (Continued)

1.2 Standards, amendments and interpretations that are not yet effective and have not been early

adopted by the Group in 2013

Effective for annual periods

beginning on or after

IAS 32 Amendments Financial Instruments: Presentation — Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

1 January 2014

IAS 36 Amendments Impairment of Assets — Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets

1 January 2014

IAS 39 Amendments Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement — Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting

1 January 2014

IFRS 9, IFRS 9 Amendments, IAS 39 Amendments and IFRS 7 Amendment

Financial Instruments and Financial Instruments: Disclosures

Non-mandatory

IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 (Revised) Amendments

Investment Entities 1 January 2014

Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2010-2012 cycle and 2011-2013 cycle (issued in December 2013)

1 July 2014

IAS 32 Amendments provides additional application guidance to clarify some of the requirements for offsetting fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities on the statement of fi nancial position. IFRS 7 Amendment — Financial Instruments: Disclosure is also amended to require disclosures to include information that will enable users of an entity’s fi nancial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements, including rights of set-off associated with the entity’s recognised fi nancial assets and recognised fi nancial liabilities, and master netting agreements, etc. on the entity’s fi nancial position.

IAS 36 Amendments restrict the requirement to disclose the recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit (“CGU”) to periods in which an impairment loss has been recognised or reversed. In addition, the amendments require two additional disclosures when an impairment is recognised or reversed and recoverable amount is based on fair value less costs of disposal: (i) the level of the IFRS 13 “fair value hierarchy” within which the fair value measurement of the asset or cash-generating unit has been determined; (ii) for fair value measurements at Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, a description of the valuation techniques used and any changes in that valuation technique, key assumptions used in the measurement of fair value, including the discount rates used in the current measurement and previous measurement if fair value less costs of disposal is measured using a present value technique.

2013 Annual Report 140

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

1 Basis of preparation (Continued)

1.2 Standards, amendments and interpretations that are not yet effective and have not been early

adopted by the Group in 2013 (Continued)

IAS 39 Amendments provide an exception to the requirement to discontinue hedge accounting in certain circumstances in which there is a change in counterparty to a hedging instrument in order to achieve clearing for that instrument. The amendment covers novations: (i) that arise as a consequence of laws or regulations, or the introduction of laws or regulations; (ii) where the parties to the hedging instrument agree that one or more clearing counterparties replace the original counterparty to become the new counterparty to each of the parties; (iii) that did not result in changes to the terms of the original derivative other than changes directly attributable to the change in counterparty to achieve clearing.

IFRS 9 and IFRS 9 Amendments replace those parts of IAS 39 relating to the classifi cation, measurement and de-recognition of fi nancial assets and liabilities with key changes mainly related to the classifi cation and measurement of fi nancial assets and certain types of fi nancial liabilities. In November 2013, the International Accounting Standards Board issued a revised version of IFRS 9, which introduce a revised hedge accounting model, allow early adoption of the requirement to present fair value changes due to own credit on liabilities designated as at fair value through profi t or loss to be presented in other comprehensive income, and remove the 1 January 2015 mandatory effective date of IFRS 9. Together with the further amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 are also amended to require additional disclosures.

IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 Amendments apply to a particular class of business that qualifi es as investment entities. Investment entity refers to an entity whose business purpose is to invest funds solely for returns from capital appreciation, investment income or both. An investment entity must also evaluate the performance of its investments on a fair value basis. The amendments provide an exception to the consolidation requirements in IFRS 10 and require investment entities to measure particular subsidiaries at fair value through profi t or loss, rather than consolidate them. The amendments also set out disclosure requirements for investment entities.

The Group is in the process of assessing the impact of these new standards and amendments on the consolidated and separate fi nancial statements of the Group and the Bank respectively.

In addition, Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2010–2012 cycle and 2011–2013 cycle were issued in December 2013. The annual improvements process was established to make non-urgent but necessary amendments to IFRSs. The amendments are effective from annual period beginning on or after 1 July 2014. No amendment was early adopted by the Group and no material changes to accounting policies were made in 2013.

2013 Annual Report141

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

2 Consolidation

2.1 Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. That is the Group controls an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible and rights arising from other contractual arrangements are considered when assessing whether the Group controls another entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

The Group uses the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifi able assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition by acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifi able net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. If there is any indication that goodwill is impaired, recoverable amount is estimated and the difference between carrying amount and recoverable amount is recognised as an impairment charge. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash fl ows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation. Where necessary, accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

In the Bank’s statement of fi nancial position, investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost less impairment. Cost is adjusted to refl ect changes in consideration arising from contingent consideration amendments, but does not include acquisition-related costs, which are expensed as incurred. The results of subsidiaries are accounted for by the Bank on the basis of dividend received and receivable. The Group assesses at each fi nancial reporting date whether there is objective evidence that investment in subsidiaries is impaired. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the investment in subsidiaries’ carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the investment in subsidiaries’ fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

2013 Annual Report 142

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

2 Consolidation (Continued)

2.2 Associates and joint ventures

Associates are all entities over which the Group has signifi cant infl uence but no control or joint control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights.

Joint ventures exist where the Group has a contractual arrangement with one or more parties to undertake economic activities which are subject to joint control.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are initially recognised at cost and are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The Group’s “Investment in associates and joint ventures” includes goodwill.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interests in the associates and joint ventures; unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates and joint ventures have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

The Group assesses at each fi nancial reporting date whether there is objective evidence that investments in associates and joint ventures are impaired. Impairment losses are recognised for the amounts by which the investments in associates and joint ventures’ carrying amounts exceed its recoverable amounts. The recoverable amounts are the higher of investments in associates and joint ventures’ fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

2.3 Transactions with non-controlling interests

The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases from non-controlling interests, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are also recorded in equity.

When the Group ceases to have control or signifi cant infl uence, any retained interest in the entity is re-measured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in the income statement. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or fi nancial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassifi ed to the income statement.

3 Foreign currency translation

3.1 Functional and presentation currency

The functional currency of the operations in the Chinese mainland is the Renminbi (“RMB”). Items included in the fi nancial statements of each of the Group’s operations in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The presentation currency of the Group is RMB.

2013 Annual Report143

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

3 Foreign currency translation (Continued)

3.2 Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions, or the exchange rates that approximate the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions are recognised in the income statement.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the fi nancial reporting date are translated at the foreign exchange rates ruling at that date. Changes in the fair value of monetary securities denominated in foreign currency classifi ed as available for sale are analysed between translation differences resulting from changes in the amortised cost of the security and other changes in the carrying amount of the security. Translation differences related to changes in the amortised cost are recognised in the income statement, and other changes in the carrying amount are recognised in other comprehensive income. Translation differences on all other monetary assets and liabilities are recognised in the income statement.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at historical cost in foreign currencies are translated using the foreign exchange rates at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in foreign currencies are translated using the foreign exchange rates at the date the fair value is determined. Translation differences on non-monetary fi nancial assets classifi ed as available for sale are recognised in other comprehensive income. Translation differences on non-monetary fi nancial assets and liabilities held at fair value through profi t or loss are recognised as “Net trading gains” in the income statement.

The results and fi nancial positions of all the Group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

(i) assets and liabilities for each statement of fi nancial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that statement of fi nancial position;

(ii) income and expenses for each income statement are translated at exchange rates at the date of the transactions, or a rate that approximates the exchange rates of the date of the transaction; and

(iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign entities, and of deposit taken and other currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments are taken to other comprehensive income. When a foreign entity is disposed, these exchange differences are recognised in the income statement. The effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalent is presented individually in the statement of cash fl ows.

2013 Annual Report 144

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

4 Financial instruments

4.1 Classifi cation

The Group classifi es its fi nancial assets into the following four categories: fi nancial assets at fair value through profi t or loss, held to maturity investments, loans and receivables and available for sale investments.

Financial liabilities are classifi ed into two categories: fi nancial liabilities at fair value through profi t or loss and other fi nancial liabilities.

The Group determines the classifi cation of its fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities at initial recognition.

(1) Financial assets and fi nancial liabilities at fair value through profi t or loss

Financial assets and fi nancial liabilities at fair value through profi t or loss have two sub-categories: fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities held for trading, and those designated at fair value through profi t or loss at inception.

A fi nancial asset or fi nancial liability is classifi ed as held for trading if it is acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing it in the near term or if it is part of a portfolio of identifi ed fi nancial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of recent actual pattern of short-term profi t-making. Derivatives are also categorised as held for trading unless they are fi nancial guarantee contracts or designated and effective as hedging instruments.

A fi nancial asset or fi nancial liability is classifi ed at fair value through profi t or loss at inception if it meets either of the following criteria and is designated as such by management on initial recognition:

• The designation eliminates or signifi cantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring the fi nancial assets or fi nancial liabilities or recognising the gains and losses on them on different bases; or

• A group of fi nancial assets, fi nancial liabilities or both is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and information is provided internally on that basis to key management personnel; or

• The fi nancial instrument contains one or more embedded derivatives, unless the embedded derivative(s) does not signifi cantly modify the cash fl ows or it is clear, with little or no analysis, that it would not be separately recorded.

2013 Annual Report145

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

4 Financial instruments (Continued)

4.1 Classifi cation (Continued)

(2) Held to maturity investments

Held to maturity investments are non-derivative fi nancial assets with fi xed or determinable payments and fi xed maturities that the Group’s management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity and that do not meet the defi nition of loans and receivables nor are designated at fair value through profi t or loss or as available for sale.

The Group shall not classify any fi nancial assets as held to maturity if the entity has, during the current fi nancial year or during the two preceding fi nancial years, sold or reclassifi ed more than an insignifi cant amount of held to maturity investments before maturity other than restricted circumstances such as sales or reclassifi cations due to a signifi cant deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness or industry’s regulatory requirements.

(3) Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative fi nancial assets with fi xed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, other than:

• those that the Group intends to sell immediately or in the short term, which are classifi ed as held for trading, and those that the Group upon initial recognition designates as at fair value through profi t or loss;

• those that the Group upon initial recognition designates as available for sale; or

• those for which the Group may not recover substantially all of its initial investment, other than because of credit deterioration.

(4) Available for sale investments

Available for sale investments are non-derivative fi nancial assets that are either designated in this category or not classifi ed in any of the other categories.

(5) Other fi nancial liabilities

Other fi nancial liabilities are non-derivative fi nancial liabilities that are not classifi ed or designated as fi nancial liabilities at fair value through profi t or loss.

4.2 Initial recognition

A fi nancial asset or fi nancial liability is recognised on trade-date, the date when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

For all fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities not carried at fair value through profi t or loss, fi nancial assets are initially recognised at fair value together with transaction costs and fi nancial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value net of transaction costs. Financial assets and fi nancial liabilities carried at fair value through profi t or loss are initially recognised at fair value, and transaction costs are expensed in the income statement.

2013 Annual Report 146

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

4 Financial instruments (Continued)

4.3 Subsequent measurement

Financial assets available for sale and fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities at fair value through profi t or loss are subsequently carried at fair value. Financial assets classifi ed as loans and receivables and held to maturity and other fi nancial liabilities are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of the fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities at fair value through profi t or loss category are included in the income statement in the period in which they arise. Dividends on equity instruments of this category are also recognised in the income statement when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.

Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of available for sale assets are recognised in other comprehensive income and ultimately in the equity item of “Reserve for fair value changes of available for sale securities”, until the fi nancial asset is de-recognised or impaired. At this time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in the “Reserve for fair value changes of available for sale securities” is reclassifi ed from equity to the income statement. Interest on available for sale debt instruments calculated using the effective interest method as well as dividends on equity instruments of this category when the Group’s right to receive such payments is established are recognised in the income statement.

4.4 Determination of fair value

The fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair values of quoted fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities in active markets are based on current bid prices and ask prices, as appropriate. If there is no active market, the Group establishes fair value by using valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, discounted cash fl ow analysis and option pricing models, and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants.

The Group uses the valuation techniques commonly used by market participants to price fi nancial instruments and techniques which have been demonstrated to provide reliable estimates of prices obtained in actual market transactions. The Group makes use of all factors that market participants would consider in setting a price, and incorporates these into its chosen valuation techniques and tests for validity using prices from any observable current market transactions in the same instruments.

4.5 De-recognition of fi nancial instruments

Financial assets are de-recognised when the rights to receive cash fl ows from the investments have expired, or when the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership, or when the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all risks or rewards of ownership of the fi nancial asset but has not retained control of the fi nancial asset.

On de-recognition of a fi nancial asset in its entirety, the difference between the carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and any cumulative gain or loss that had been recognised in equity through other comprehensive income is recognised in the income statement.

Financial liabilities are de-recognised when they are extinguished — that is, when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. The difference between the carrying amount of a fi nancial liability de-recognised and the consideration paid is recognised in the income statement.

2013 Annual Report147

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

4 Financial instruments (Continued)

4.6 Impairment of fi nancial assets

The Group assesses at each fi nancial reporting date whether there is objective evidence that a fi nancial asset or a group of fi nancial assets excluding those fair valued through profi t or loss is impaired. A fi nancial asset or a group of fi nancial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a “loss event”) and that loss event has an impact on the estimated future cash fl ows of the fi nancial asset or group of fi nancial assets that can be reliably estimated. Objective evidence that a fi nancial asset or group of assets is impaired includes observable data that comes to the attention of the Group about the following loss events:

(i) signifi cant fi nancial diffi culty of the issuer or obligor;

(ii) a breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;

(iii) the Group granting to the borrower, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s fi nancial diffi culty, a concession that the lender would not otherwise consider;

(iv) it becoming probable that the borrower will enter into bankruptcy or other fi nancial re-organisation;

(v) the disappearance of an active market for that fi nancial asset because of fi nancial diffi culties;

(vi) observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash fl ows from a group of fi nancial assets since the initial recognition of those assets, although the decrease cannot yet be identifi ed with the individual fi nancial assets in the group, including adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers in the group, an increase in the unemployment rate in the geographical area of the borrowers, a decrease in property price for the mortgages in the relevant area or national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on the assets in the group;

(vii) any signifi cant change with an adverse effect that has taken place in the technological, market, economic or legal environment in which the issuer operates and indicates that the cost of investments in equity instruments may not be recovered;

(viii) a signifi cant or prolonged decline in the fair value of an equity instrument is an indicator of impairment in such investments where a decline in the fair value of equity instrument below its initial cost by 50% or more; or fair value below cost for one year or longer. An impairment is also indicated by a decline in fair value of 20% or more below initial cost for six consecutive months or longer or where fair value is below initial cost by 30% or more over a short period of time (i.e., one month); or

(ix) other objective evidence indicating impairment of the fi nancial asset.

2013 Annual Report 148

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

4 Financial instruments (Continued)

4.6 Impairment of fi nancial assets (Continued)

The Group fi rst assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for fi nancial assets that are individually signifi cant. If there is objective evidence of impairment, the impairment loss is recognised in the income statement. The Group performs a collective assessment for all other fi nancial assets that are not individually signifi cant or for which impairment has not yet been identifi ed by including the asset in a group of fi nancial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment.

(1) Assets carried at amortised cost

Impairment loss for fi nancial assets carried at amortised cost is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash fl ows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the fi nancial asset’s original effective interest rate. The original effective interest rate is computed at initial recognition. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement. For fi nancial assets with variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.

The calculation of the present value of the estimated future cash fl ows of a collateralised fi nancial asset refl ects the cash fl ows that may result from foreclosure less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral, whether or not foreclosure is probable.

As a practical expedient, the Group may measure impairment on the basis of an instrument’s fair value using an observable market price.

For the purposes of a collective assessment of impairment, fi nancial assets are grouped on the basis of similar and relevant credit risk characteristics. Those characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash fl ows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors’ ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated.

Future cash fl ows in a group of fi nancial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the group. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to refl ect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not currently exist.

When a fi nancial asset is uncollectible, it is written off against the related allowance for impairment after all the necessary procedures have been completed. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are recognised in the income statement.

2013 Annual Report149

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

4 Financial instruments (Continued)

4.6 Impairment of fi nancial assets (Continued)

(1) Assets carried at amortised cost (Continued)

Estimates of changes in future cash fl ows for groups of assets should refl ect and be directionally consistent with changes in related observable data from period to period. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash fl ows are reviewed regularly by the Group to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account and recognised in the income statement. The reversal shall not result in a carrying amount of the fi nancial asset that exceeds what the amortised cost would have been had the impairment not been recognised at the date the impairment is reversed.

(2) Assets classifi ed as available for sale

If objective evidence of impairment exists for available for sale fi nancial assets, the cumulative loss recognised in “Reserve for fair value changes of available for sale securities” is reclassifi ed from equity to the income statement and is measured as the difference between the acquisition cost (net of any principal repayment and amortisation) and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that fi nancial asset previously recognised in the income statement.

If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classifi ed as available for sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised in the income statement, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed through the income statement.

With respect to equity instruments, impairment losses recognised in the income statement are not subsequently reversed through the income statement. If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred on an unquoted equity investment that is not carried at fair value because its fair value cannot be reliably measured, the impairment loss is not reversed.

4.7 Derivative fi nancial instruments and hedge accounting

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets, including recent market transactions, and valuation techniques, including discounted cash fl ow analysis and option pricing models, as appropriate. Credit risk valuation adjustments are applied to the Group’s over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives to refl ect the credit risk of the counterparties and the Group respectively. They are dependent on expected future values of exposures for each counterparty and default probabilities, etc. All derivatives are carried as assets when fair value is positive and as liabilities when fair value is negative.

The best evidence of the fair value of a derivative at initial recognition is the transaction price (i.e. the fair value of the consideration given or received) unless the fair value of that instrument is evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument (i.e. without modifi cation or repackaging) or based on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets. When such evidence exists, the Group recognises profi t or loss on the date of transaction.

2013 Annual Report 150

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

4 Financial instruments (Continued)

4.7 Derivative fi nancial instruments and hedge accounting (Continued)

The method of recognising the resulting fair value gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated and qualifi es as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. For derivatives not designated or qualifi ed as hedging instruments, including those intended to provide effective economic hedges of specifi c interest rate and foreign exchange risks, but do not qualify for hedge accounting, changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognised in “Net trading gains” in the income statement.

The Group documents, at inception, the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash fl ows of hedged items. These criteria should be met before a hedge can be qualifi ed to be accounted for under hedge accounting.

(1) Fair value hedge

Fair value hedge is a hedge of the exposure to changes in fair value of a recognised asset or liability or an unrecognised fi rm commitment, or an identifi ed portion of such an asset, liability or fi rm commitment, that is attributable to a particular risk and could affect income statement.

The changes in fair value of hedging instruments that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with the changes in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. The net result is included as ineffectiveness in the income statement.

If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item for which the effective interest method is used is amortised to the income statement over the period to maturity. If the hedged item is de-recognised, the unamortised carrying value adjustment is recognised immediately in the income statement.

(2) Cash fl ow hedge

Cash fl ow hedge is a hedge of the exposure to variability in cash fl ows that is attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability (such as all or some future interest payments on variable rate debt) or a highly probable forecast transaction that could ultimately affect income statement.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of hedging instruments that are designated and qualify as cash fl ow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity in the “Capital reserve”. The ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassifi ed to the income statement in the same periods when the hedged item affects the income statement.

2013 Annual Report151

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

4 Financial instruments (Continued)

4.7 Derivative fi nancial instruments and hedge accounting (Continued)

(2) Cash fl ow hedge (Continued)

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or the hedge designation is revoked or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is reclassifi ed to the income statement when the forecast transaction ultimately occurs. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss existing in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.

(3) Net investment hedge

Net investment hedge is a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash fl ow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised directly in other comprehensive income; the gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the income statement when the foreign operation is disposed of as part of the gain or loss on the disposal.

4.8 Embedded derivatives

An embedded derivative is a component of a hybrid (combined) instrument that also includes a non-derivative host contract with the effect that some of the cash fl ows of the hybrid (combined) instrument vary in a way similar to a stand-alone derivative.

The Group separates embedded derivatives from the host contract and accounts for these as derivatives, if, and only if:

• the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not closely related to those of the host contract;

• a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the defi nition of a derivative; and

• the hybrid (combined) instrument is not measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.

These embedded derivatives separated from the host contract are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.

2013 Annual Report 152

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

4 Financial instruments (Continued)

4.9 Convertible bonds

Convertible bonds comprise of the liability and equity components. The liability component, representing the obligation to make fi xed payments of principal and interest, is classifi ed as liability and initially recognised at the fair value, calculated using the market interest rate of a similar liability that does not have an equity conversion option, and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The equity component, representing an embedded option to convert the liability into common shares, is initially recognised in “Capital reserve” as the difference between the proceeds received from the convertible bonds as a whole and the amount of the liability component. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to the allocation of proceeds.

On conversion of the bonds into shares, the amount transferred to Share capital is calculated as the par value of the shares multiplied by the number of shares converted. The difference between the carrying value of the related component of the converted bonds and the amount transferred to Share capital is recognised in capital surplus under “Capital reserve”.

4.10 Offsetting fi nancial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the statement of fi nancial position when there is a current legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

5 Precious metals and precious metals swaps

Precious metals comprise gold, silver and other precious metals. The Group retains all risks and rewards of ownership related to precious metals deposited with the Group as precious metals deposits, including the right to freely pledge or transfer, and it records the precious metals received as an asset. A liability to return the amount of precious metals deposited is also recognised. Precious metals that are not related to the Group’s precious metals market making and trading activities are initially measured at acquisition cost and subsequently measured at lower of cost and net realisable value. Precious metals that are related to the Group’s market making and trading activities are initially recognised at fair value and subsequent changes in fair value included in “Net trading gains” are recognised in the income statement.

Consistent with the substance of the transaction, if the precious metals swaps are for fi nancing purpose, they are accounted for as precious metals subject to collateral agreements. Precious metals collateralised are not de-recognised and the related counterparty liability is recorded in “Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions”. If precious metal swaps are for trading purpose, they are accounted for as derivatives transactions.

2013 Annual Report153

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

6 Repurchase agreements, agreements to re-sell and securities lending

Securities and bills sold subject to repurchase agreements (“Repos”) continue to be recognised, and are recorded as “Investment securities”. The counterparty liability is included in “Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions” and “Due to central banks”. Securities and bills purchased under agreements to re-sell (“Reverse repos”) are not recognised. The receivables are recorded as “Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions” or “Balances with central banks”, as appropriate.

The difference between purchase and sale price is recognised as “Interest expense” or “Interest income” in the income statement over the life of the agreements using the effective interest method.

Securities lending transactions are generally secured, with collateral taking the form of securities or cash. Securities lent to counterparties by the Group are recorded in the consolidated fi nancial statements. Securities borrowed from counterparties by the Group are not recognised in the consolidated fi nancial statements of the Group. Cash collateral received or advanced is recognised as a liability or an asset in the consolidated fi nancial statements.

7 Property and equipment

The Group’s fi xed assets mainly comprise buildings, equipment and motor vehicles, aircraft and construction in progress. When the costs attributable to the land use rights cannot be reliably measured and separated from that of the building at inception, the costs are included in the cost of properties and buildings and recorded in “Property and equipment”.

The assets purchased or constructed are initially measured at acquisition cost or deemed cost, as appropriate. Such initial cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the assets.

Subsequent costs are included in an asset’s carrying amount, only when it is probable that future economic benefi ts associated with the item will fl ow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance costs are charged to the income statement during the fi nancial period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method to write down the cost of such assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives. The residual values and useful lives of assets are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each fi nancial reporting date.

Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment at each fi nancial reporting date. Where the carrying amount of an asset is greater than its estimated recoverable amount, it is written down immediately to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by the difference between proceeds and carrying amount, after deduction of relevant taxes and expenses. These are included in the income statement.

2013 Annual Report 154

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

7 Property and equipment (Continued)

7.1 Buildings, equipment and motor vehicles

Buildings comprise primarily branch and offi ce premises. The estimated useful lives, depreciation rate and estimated residual value rate of buildings, equipment and motor vehicles are as follows:

Type of assetsEstimated

useful lives

Estimated residual

value rate

Annual depreciation

rate

Buildings 15–50 years 3% 1.9%–6.5%

Equipment 3–15 years 3% 6.4%–32.4%Motor vehicles 4–6 years 3% 16.1%–24.3%

7.2 Aircraft

Aircraft are used in the Group’s aircraft operating leasing business.

Aircraft are depreciated using the straight-line method over the expected useful life of 25 years, less the years in service at the time of purchase to an estimated residual value rate varying from 0% to 15%.

7.3 Construction in progress

Construction in progress consists of assets under construction or being installed and is stated at cost. Cost includes equipment cost, cost of construction, installation and other direct costs. Items classifi ed as construction in progress are transferred to property and equipment when such assets are ready for their intended use and the depreciation charge commences after such assets are transferred to property and equipment.

8 Leases

8.1 Lease classifi cation

Leases of assets where substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred are classifi ed as fi nance leases. Title may or may not eventually be transferred. All leases other than fi nance leases are classifi ed as operating leases.

8.2 Finance leases

When the Group is a lessee under fi nance leases, the leased assets are capitalised initially at the fair value of the asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in “Other liabilities”. Finance charges are charged over the term of the lease using an interest rate which refl ects a constant rate of return.

2013 Annual Report155

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

8 Leases (Continued)

8.2 Finance leases (Continued)

The Group adopts the same depreciation policy for the fi nance leased assets as those for which it has title rights. If the Group can reasonably determine that a lease will transfer ownership of the asset to the Group by the end of the lease term, related assets are depreciated over their useful life. If there is no reasonable certainty that the Group can determine that a lease will transfer ownership of the asset to the Group by the end of the lease term, related assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and useful life.

When the Group is a lessor under fi nance leases, the present value of the aggregation of the minimum lease payment receivable from the lessee, unguaranteed residual value and initial direct costs is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned fi nance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease using an interest rate which refl ects a constant rate of return.

8.3 Operating leases

When the Group is the lessee under an operating lease, rental expenses are charged to “Operating expenses” in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

When the Group is the lessor under operating leases, the assets subject to the operating lease are accounted for as the Group’s assets. Rental income is recognised as “Other operating income” in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term net of any incentives given to lessees.

9 Investment properties

Investment properties, principally consisting of offi ce buildings, are held to generate rental income or earn capital gains or both and is not occupied by the Group. Investment properties are carried at fair value and changes in fair value are recorded in the income statement, representing the open market value and other related information determined periodically by independent appraisers.

10 Intangible assets

Intangible assets are identifi able non-monetary assets without physical substance, including computer software and other intangible assets.

Computer software and other intangible assets are stated at acquisition cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. These costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives with the amortisation recognised in the income statement.

The value of intangible assets is reviewed for impairment at each fi nancial reporting date. Where the carrying amount of an asset is greater than its estimated recoverable amount, it is written down immediately to its recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of an intangible asset is the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

2013 Annual Report 156

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

11 Repossessed assets

Repossessed assets are initially recognised at fair value plus related costs when they are obtained as the compensation for the loans’ principal and interest. When there are indicators that the recoverable amount is lower than carrying amount, the carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount.

12 Employee benefi ts

12.1 Defi ned contribution plans and Defi ned benefi t plans

In accordance with the policies of relevant state and local governments, employees in Chinese mainland participate in various defi ned contribution retirement schemes administered by local Labour and Social Security Bureaus. Operations in Chinese mainland contribute to pension and insurance schemes administered by the local pension and insurance agencies using applicable contribution rates stipulated in the relevant local regulations. Upon retirement, the local Labour and Social Security Bureaus are responsible for the payment of the basic retirement benefi ts to the retired employees. In addition to these basic staff pension schemes, employees in Chinese mainland who retire after 1 January 2004 can also voluntarily participate in a defi ned contribution plan established by the Bank (“the Annuity Plan”). The Bank contributes to the Annuity Plan based on certain percentages of the employees’ gross salaries.

All eligible employees in operations in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions participate in local defi ned contribution schemes or defi ned benefi t plans.

Contributions made by the Group to the retirement schemes described above are recognised as “Operating expenses” in the income statement as incurred. Forfeited contributions by those employees who leave the schemes prior to the full vesting of their contributions are used to reduce the existing level of contributions or retained in the retirement schemes in accordance with the requirements of the respective defi ned contribution plans.

The obligations related to the defi ned benefi t plans are calculated by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method at each fi nancial reporting date. The actuarial gains or losses are recognised in “Other comprehensive income” immediately when they occur, the gains or losses arising from amendments to pension plans are charged or credited to the income statement immediately as “Operating expenses” when they occur.

12.2 Retirement benefi t obligations

The Group pays supplemental retirement benefi ts to employees in Chinese mainland who retired prior to 31 December 2003 and early retirement benefi ts to those employees who accepted an early retirement arrangement.

Supplemental retirement benefi ts include supplemental pension payments and medical expense coverage.

Early retirement benefi ts have been paid to those employees who accept voluntary retirement before the normal retirement date, as approved by management. The related benefi t payments are made from the date of early retirement to the normal retirement date.

2013 Annual Report157

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

12 Employee benefi ts (Continued)

12.2 Retirement benefi t obligations (Continued)

The liability related to the above supplemental benefi t obligations and early retirement obligations existing at each fi nancial reporting date, is calculated by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method and is recorded as a liability under “Retirement benefi t obligations” in the statement of fi nancial position. The present value of the liability is determined through discounting the estimated future cash outfl ows using interest rates of RMB treasury bonds which have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related liability. The actuarial gains or losses are recognised in “Other comprehensive income” immediately when they occur, the gains or losses arising from amendments to retirement benefi t obligations are charged or credited to the income statement immediately as “Operating expenses” when they occur.

12.3 Housing funds

Pursuant to local government regulations, all employees in Chinese mainland participate in various local housing funds administered by local governments. Operations in Chinese mainland contribute on a monthly basis to these funds based on certain percentages of the salaries of the employees. These payments are recognised as “Operating expenses” in the income statement as incurred.

12.4 Cash-settled share-based compensation

The related cost of services received from the employees and the liability to pay for such services are measured at fair value and recognised over the vesting period as the employees render services. Fair value is established at the grant date, re-measured at each fi nancial reporting date with any changes in fair value recognised as “Operating expenses” in the income statement for the period and de-recognised when the liability is settled.

The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the rights granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions. Non-market conditions are included in the assumptions about the number of rights that are expected to vest. At each fi nancial reporting date, the Group revises its estimates of the number of rights that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, as “Operating expenses” in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to liability.

12.5 Bonus plans

The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses, taking into consideration its business performance and profi t attributable to the Bank’s equity holders. The Group recognises a liability where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

13 Provisions

Provisions are recognised when: the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outfl ow of resources embodying economic benefi ts will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made. The amount initially recognised as a provision should be the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation.

2013 Annual Report 158

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

14 Insurance contracts

14.1 Insurance contracts classifi cation

The Group’s insurance subsidiaries issue insurance contracts that transfer signifi cant insurance risk. The Group perform a signifi cant insurance risk test at the contract initial recognition date. Insurance risk is signifi cant if, and only if, an insured event could cause an insurer to pay signifi cant additional benefi ts in any scenario, excluding scenarios that lack commercial substance. The Group issues non-life insurance contracts, which cover casualty and property insurance risk, and life insurance contracts, which insure events associated with human life (for example death, or survival) over a long duration.

The Group does not separately measure embedded derivatives that itself meet the defi nition of an insurance contract or options to surrender insurance contracts for a fi xed amount (or an amount based on a fi xed amount and an interest rate).

14.2 Insurance contracts recognition and measurement

(1) Non-life insurance contracts

Premiums on non-life insurance contracts are recognised as revenue (earned premiums) proportionally over the period of coverage. The portion of premium received on in-force contracts that relates to unexpired risks at the fi nancial reporting date is reported as the unearned premium liability in “Other liabilities”.

Claims and loss adjustment expenses are charged to the income statement as “Operating expenses” when incurred based on the estimated liability for compensation owed to contract holders or third parties damaged by the contract holders. They include direct and indirect claims settlement costs and arise from events that have occurred up to the fi nancial reporting date even if they have not yet been reported to the Group.

(2) Life insurance contracts

Premiums on life insurance contracts are recognised as revenue when they become payable by the contract holders. Benefi ts and claims are recorded as an expense when they are incurred. A liability for contractual benefi ts that are expected to be incurred in the future is recorded when premiums are recognised. For certain long-term insurance contracts (linked long-term insurance contracts) with embedded derivatives linking payments on the contract to units of an investment fund set up by the Group with the consideration received from the contract holders, the liability is adjusted for all changes in the fair value of the underlying assets, and includes a liability for contractual benefi ts that are expected to be incurred in the future which is recorded when the premiums are recognised.

2013 Annual Report159

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

14 Insurance contracts (Continued)

14.3 Liability adequacy test

At each fi nancial reporting date, liability adequacy tests are performed to ensure the adequacy of the insurance contract liabilities (including unearned premium in the case of non-life insurance contracts). In performing these tests, current best estimates of future contractual cash fl ows and claims handling and administration expenses, as well as investment income from the assets backing such liabilities, are used. Any defi ciency is immediately charged to the income statement and reported as “Operating expenses”, with a provision established for losses arising from the liability adequacy test.

15 Treasury shares

Where the Bank or other members of the Group purchase the Bank’s ordinary shares, “Treasury shares” are recorded at the amount of consideration paid and deducted from total equity holders’ equity until they are cancelled, sold or reissued. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received is included in capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Bank.

16 Contingent liabilities

A contingent liability is a possible obligation that arises from past events and whose existence will only be confi rmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group. It can also be a present obligation arising from past events that is not recognised because it is not probable that an outfl ow of economic resources will be required or the amount of obligation cannot be measured reliably.

17 Financial guarantee contracts

Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specifi ed payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specifi ed debtor fails to make payments when due, in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. Such fi nancial guarantees are given to banks, fi nancial institutions and other bodies to secure customer loans, overdrafts and other banking facilities.

Financial guarantees are initially recognised at fair value on the date the guarantee was given. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Group’s liabilities under such guarantees are measured at the higher of the initial measurement less amortisation calculated and the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle any fi nancial obligation arising at the fi nancial reporting date. Any increase in the liability relating to guarantees is taken to the income statement. These estimates are determined based on experience of similar transactions, historical losses and by the judgement of management.

2013 Annual Report 160

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

18 Fiduciary activities

The Group acts as a custodian, trustee or in other fi duciary capacities, that result in its holding or placing of assets on behalf of individuals, securities investment funds, social security funds, insurance companies, qualifi ed foreign institutional investors, annuity schemes and other customers. These assets are not included in the statement of fi nancial position of the Group, as they are not assets of the Group.

The Group also administers entrusted loans on behalf of third-party lenders. In this regard, the Group grants loans to borrowers, as an intermediary, at the direction of third-party lenders, who fund these loans. The Group has been contracted by these third-party lenders to manage the administration and collection of these loans on their behalf. The third-party lenders determine both the underwriting criteria for and all terms of the entrusted loans, including their purposes, amounts, interest rates, and repayment schedule. The Group charges a commission related to its activities in connection with the entrusted loans, but the risk of loss is borne by the third-party lenders. Entrusted loans are not recognised in the statement of fi nancial position of the Group.

19 Interest income and expense

Interest income and expense for all interest-bearing fi nancial instruments, except derivatives, are recognised within “Interest income” and “Interest expense” in the income statement using the effective interest method. Interest income and expense for derivatives is recognised in “Net trading gains” in the income statement.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a fi nancial asset or a fi nancial liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the fi nancial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of the fi nancial asset or fi nancial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates cash fl ows considering all contractual terms of the fi nancial instrument but does not consider future credit losses. The calculation includes all amounts paid or received by the Group that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, including transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts.

Once a fi nancial asset or a group of similar fi nancial assets has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognised using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash fl ows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss.

20 Fee and commission income

The Group earns fee and commission income from a diverse range of services it provides to its customers. For those services that are provided over a period of time, fee and commission income are accrued over that period. For other services, fee and commission income are recognised when the transactions are completed.

21 Income taxes

Income taxes comprise current income tax and deferred income tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In these cases, tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

2013 Annual Report161

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

21 Income taxes (Continued)

21.1 Current income tax

Current income tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantially enacted at the fi nancial reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

21.2 Deferred income tax

Deferred income tax is recognised using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated fi nancial statements. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the fi nancial reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

The principal temporary differences arise from asset impairment allowances, revaluation of certain fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities including derivative contracts, revaluation of investment properties, depreciation of property and equipment, provisions for pension, retirement benefi ts and salary payable.

“Deferred income tax assets” are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profi t will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised except the deferred tax asset arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting profi t nor taxable profi t/(tax loss).

For deductible temporary differences associated with investment in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, a deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that, and only to the extent that, it is probable that the temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future; and taxable profi t will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilised.

Deferred tax liabilities shall be recognised for all taxable temporary differences, except to the extent that the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill, or the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction which is not a business combination, and at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting profi t nor taxable profi t/(tax loss).

Deferred income tax liabilities on taxable temporary differences arising from investment in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are recognised, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The tax effects of income tax losses available for carrying forward are recognised as an asset when it is probable that future taxable profi ts will be available against which these losses can be utilised.

22 Segment reporting

The Group reviews the internal reporting in order to assess performance and allocate resources. Segment information is presented on the same basis as the Group’s management and internal reporting.

2013 Annual Report 162

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

II SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

23 Comparatives

Items in the Group’s consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended 31 December 2012 affected by the adoption of IAS 19 Amendment, are as follows:

Group

Year ended 31 December 2012Before

restatementImpact of

restatement RestatedProfi t before income tax 187,380 293 187,673Income tax expense (41,858) (69) (41,927)

Profi t for the year 145,522 224 145,746

Attributable to:Equity holder of the Bank 139,432 224 139,656Non-controlling interests 6,090 – 6,090

145,522 224 145,746

Earnings per share for profi t attributable to equity holders of the Bank during the year (Expressed in RMB per ordinary share) — Basic 0.50 – 0.50 — Diluted 0.48 – 0.48

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 5,704 (224) 5,480

The effects of adoption of IAS 19 Amendment to both basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended 31 December 2012 were not material.

2013 Annual Report163

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS IN APPLYING ACCOUNTING POLICIESThe Group makes estimates and judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities within the next fi nancial year. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group has taken into consideration the impact of the economic environment on the industries and territories in which the Group operates when determining critical accounting estimates and judgements in applying accounting policies.

Areas susceptible to changes in critical estimates and judgements, which affect the carrying value of assets and liabilities, are set out below. It is possible that actual results may be materially different from the estimates and judgements referred below.

1 Impairment allowances on loans and advances

The Group reviews its loans and advances to assess impairment on a periodic basis, unless known circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred as of an interim date.

In determining whether an impairment loss should be recorded in the income statement, the Group makes judgements and assumptions when calculating loan impairment allowances related to loans and advances. These allowances, which refl ect the difference between the carrying amount of a loan, or a portfolio of similar loans, and the present value of estimated future cash fl ows, are assessed individually, for signifi cant loans, and collectively, for smaller portfolios of similar loans.

The estimate of future cash fl ows is most signifi cantly related to impaired loans for which the impairment loss is assessed individually. Factors affecting this estimate include, among other things, the granularity of fi nancial information related to specifi c borrowers, the availability of meaningful information related to industry competitors and the relevance of sector trends to the future performance of individual borrowers. China continues to experience economic growth and these facts are not as well established as those in more developed markets. The effect of these factors requires signifi cant judgement to be applied in the estimation of future cash fl ows. This is especially true in emerging sectors.

2013 Annual Report 164

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

III CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS IN APPLYING ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

1 Impairment allowances on loans and advances (Continued)

Signifi cant judgement is also applied to the calculation of collectively assessed impairment allowances. The Group makes judgements as to whether there is any observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash fl ows from a portfolio of loans and advances before the decrease can be identifi ed with an individual loan in that portfolio. This evidence may include observable data indicating that there has been an adverse change in the payment status of borrowers in a group (e.g. payment delinquency or default), or national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on assets in the Group. Management uses estimates based on historical loss experience for assets with similar credit risk characteristics and objective evidence of impairment similar to those in the portfolio when estimating expected future cash fl ows. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating both the amount and timing of future cash fl ows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience. The Group has considered the impact of the changes and uncertainty in the macro-economic environments in which the Group operates when assessing the methodology and assumptions used for loss estimates and made adjustments where appropriate.

2 Fair value of derivatives and other fi nancial instruments

The Group establishes fair value of fi nancial instruments with reference to a quoted market price in an active market or, if there is no active market, using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, observable prices for similar instruments, discounted cash fl ow analysis using risk-adjusted interest rates, and commonly used market pricing models. Whenever possible these models use observable market inputs and data including, for example, interest rate yield curves, foreign currency rates and option volatilities. The results of using valuation techniques are calibrated against industry practice and observable current market transactions in the same or similar instruments.

The Group assesses assumptions and estimates used in valuation techniques including review of valuation model assumptions and characteristics, changes to model assumptions, the quality of market data, whether markets are active or inactive, other fair value adjustments not specifi cally captured by models and consistency of application of techniques between reporting periods as part of its normal review and approval processes. Valuation techniques are validated and periodically reviewed and, where appropriate, have been updated to refl ect market conditions at the fi nancial reporting date.

With respect to PRC government obligations related to large-scale policy directed fi nancing transactions, fair value is determined using the stated terms of the related instrument and with reference to terms determined by the PRC government in similar transactions engaged in or directed by the PRC government. In this regard, there are no other relevant market prices or yields refl ecting arm’s length transactions of a comparable size and tenor.

2013 Annual Report165

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS IN APPLYING ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

3 Impairment of available for sale investment securities and held to maturity investment securities

The Group follows the guidance of IAS 39 to determine when an available for sale or held to maturity investment security is impaired and when impairment on a debt security is reversed. This determination requires signifi cant judgement. In making this judgement, the Group evaluates, among other factors, the duration and extent to which the fair value of an investment is less than its cost, the extent to which changes in fair value relate to credit events, and the fi nancial health of and near-term business outlook for the investee/underlying portfolio, including factors such as industry and sector performance, technological innovations, credit ratings, delinquency rates, loss coverage ratios and counterparty risk.

4 Held to maturity securities

The Group follows the guidance of IAS 39 on classifying non-derivative fi nancial assets with fi xed or determinable payments and fi xed maturity date as held to maturity. This classifi cation requires signifi cant judgement. In making this judgement, the Group evaluates its intention and ability to hold such investments to maturity.

5 Provisions

The Group uses judgement to assess whether the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events at each fi nancial reporting date, and judgement is used to determine if it is probable that an outfl ow of resources embodying economic benefi ts will be required to settle the obligation, and to determine a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation and relevant disclosure in the consolidated fi nancial statements.

6 Employee retirement benefi t obligations

As described in Note II.12.2 and Note V.32, the Bank has established liabilities in connection with benefi ts payable to certain retired and early retired employees. These liabilities are calculated using actuarial assumptions such as discount rates, pension benefi t infl ation rates, medical benefi t infl ation rates, and other factors. Actual results that differ from the assumptions are recognised immediately and, therefore, affect recognised other comprehensive income in the year in which such differences arise. While management believes that its assumptions are appropriate, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions may affect other comprehensive income and employee retirement benefi t obligations.

2013 Annual Report 166

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

III CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS IN APPLYING ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

7 Taxes

The Group is subject to income and business taxes in numerous jurisdictions, principally in Chinese mainland and Hong Kong. There are certain transactions and activities for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group has made estimates for items of uncertainty and application of new tax legislation taking into account existing tax legislation and past practice, in particular, the treatment of supplementary PRC tax applied to results of overseas operations.

Where the fi nal tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially estimated, such differences will impact the current income tax, deferred income tax, and business tax in the period during which such a determination is made.

8 Impairment of non-fi nancial assets

Non-fi nancial assets are periodically reviewed for impairment and where the carrying amount of an asset is greater than its estimated recoverable amount, it is written down immediately to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

When estimating the value in use of aircraft held by subsidiaries, the Group estimates expected future cash fl ows from the aircraft and uses a suitable discount rate to calculate present value. The Group obtains valuations of aircraft from independent appraisers for which the principal assumptions underlying aircraft value are based on current market transactions for similar aircraft in the same location and condition. The Group also uses the fair value of aircraft obtained from independent appraisers in its assessment of the recoverable amount of intangible assets and the goodwill arising from the purchase of the Group’s aircraft leasing subsidiary.

IV TAXATIONThe principal income and other taxes to which the Group is subject are listed below:

Taxes Tax basis Statutory ratesChinese mainlandCorporate income tax Taxable income 25%Business tax Business income 5%City construction and maintenance tax Turnover tax paid 1%–7%Education surcharges Turnover tax paid 3%Local education surcharges Turnover tax paid 2%Hong KongHong Kong profi ts tax Assessable profi ts 16.5%

2013 Annual Report167

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1 Net interest income

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Interest income Loans and advances to customers 379,570 371,394 Investment securities and fi nancial assets at fair value through profi t or loss (1) 67,918 64,973 Due from central banks 27,094 26,996 Due from and placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 44,413 43,165

Subtotal 518,995 506,528

Interest expense Due to customers (180,479) (186,667) Due to and placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions (45,520) (54,858) Bonds issued and other (9,411) (8,039)

Subtotal (235,410) (249,564)

Net interest income (2) 283,585 256,964

Interest income accrued on impaired fi nancial assets (included within interest income) 629 557

(1) Interest income on “Investment securities” and “Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss” is principally

derived from debt securities listed on China Domestic Interbank Bond Market and unlisted debt securities in Hong

Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions.

(2) Included within “Interest income” and “Interest expense” are RMB516,860 million (2012: RMB504,318 million) and

RMB230,666 million (2012: RMB224,727 million) for fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities that are not at fair value

through profi t or loss, respectively.

2013 Annual Report 168

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 Net fee and commission income

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Agency commissions 17,546 14,171Bank card fees 17,312 14,952Settlement and clearing fees 15,196 14,051Credit commitment fees 13,294 11,099Consultancy and advisory fees 9,574 5,690Spread income from foreign exchange business 7,147 6,808Custodian and other fi duciary service fees 2,874 2,371Other 5,642 6,056

Fee and commission income (1) 88,585 75,198

Fee and commission expense (6,493) (5,275)

Net fee and commission income 82,092 69,923

(1) When issuing wealth management products, the Group established various structured entities to provide customers

specialized investment opportunities within narrow and well-defi ned objectives. Structured entities that are not

controlled by the Group are not in the scope of consolidation. As at 31 December 2013, the balance of the

unconsolidated wealth management products issued by the Group amounted to RMB838,015 million (31 December

2012: RMB525,402 million).

Fee and commission income includes commission, custodian fee and management fee income from wealth

management business that amounted to RMB7,269 million (2012: RMB5,343 million).

3 Net trading gains

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Net gains from foreign exchange and foreign exchange products 5,984 6,174Net (losses)/gains from interest rate products (257) 1,273Net gains from equity products 790 361Net gains from commodity products 666 643

Total (1) 7,183 8,451

(1) Included in “Net trading gains” above for the year ended 31 December 2013 are losses of RMB1,099 million in

relation to fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities designated at fair value through profi t or loss (2012: gains of

RMB1,119 million).

2013 Annual Report169

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 Other operating income

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Insurance premiums (1) 12,445 9,126Revenue from sale of precious metals products 10,307 9,376Aircraft leasing income 4,977 4,176Gains on disposal of property and equipment, intangible assets and other assets 535 464Dividend income 543 335Changes in fair value of investment properties 662 1,006Gains on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures 419 441Other 4,167 3,626

Total 34,055 28,550

(1) Details of insurance premium income are as follows:

Year ended 31 December

2013 2012Life insurance contracts

Gross earned premiums 14,714 10,021

Less: gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers (6,916) (4,403)

Net insurance premium income 7,798 5,618

Non-life insurance contracts

Gross earned premiums 5,418 4,237

Less: gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers (771) (729)

Net insurance premium income 4,647 3,508

Total 12,445 9,126

2013 Annual Report 170

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5 Operating expenses

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Staff costs (Note V.6) 72,762 66,701General operating and administrative expenses (1) 38,387 37,153Business tax and surcharges 23,965 22,925Depreciation and amortisation 13,598 12,289Insurance benefi ts and claims — Life insurance contracts 7,380 6,928 — Non-life insurance contracts 2,681 1,793Cost of sales of precious metals products 9,728 8,615Other 3,813 3,325

Total 172,314 159,729

(1) Included in the general operating and administrative expenses are principal auditors’ remuneration of RMB185

million for the year ended 31 December 2013 (2012: RMB222 million), of which RMB36 million was for Hong Kong,

Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions of the Group (2012: RMB50 million).

Included in the general operating and administrative expenses are operating lease expenses of RMB6,108 million

and other premises and equipment related expenses (mainly comprised of property management and building

maintenance expenses) of RMB10,954 million (2012: RMB5,303 million and RMB10,286 million, respectively).

6 Staff costs

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Salary, bonus and subsidy 51,327 47,629Staff welfare 2,293 2,009Retirement benefi ts (Note V.32) 181 185Social insurance, including: Medical 2,604 2,311 Pension 5,608 4,876 Annuity 1,569 1,380 Unemployment 419 390 Injury at work 145 125 Maternity insurance 181 154Housing funds 4,462 3,891Labour union fee and staff education fee 1,882 1,838Reimbursement for cancellation of labour contract 14 25Other 2,077 1,888

Total 72,762 66,701

2013 Annual Report171

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7 Directors’, supervisors’ and senior management’s emoluments

Details of the directors’ and supervisors’ emoluments are as follows:

For the year ended 31 December 2013

FeesRemuneration

paid

Contributions to pension

schemesBenefi ts

in kind TotalRMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Executive directorsTIAN Guoli (4) (6) –(2) 557 47 173 777LI Lihui (4) –(2) 745 93 234 1,072LI Zaohang (4) –(2) 715 86 227 1,028WANG Yongli (4) –(2) 708 67 225 1,000XIAO Gang (4) (5) –(2) 203 18 62 283

Non-executive directorsSUN Zhijun (1) – – – – –LIU Lina (1) – – – – –ZHANG Xiangdong (1) – – – – –ZHANG Qi (1) – – – – –WANG Yong (1) (6) – – – – –JIANG Yansong (1) (5) – – – – –

Independent non-executive directorsCHOW Man Yiu, Paul 450 – – – 450Jackson TAI 373 – – – 373Nout WELLINK 396 – – – 396LU Zhengfei (6) 192 – – – 192LEUNG Cheuk Yan (6) 122 – – – 122Anthony Francis NEOH (5) 383 – – – 383HUANG Shizhong (1) (5) – – – – –HUANG Danhan (5) 278 – – – 278

SupervisorsLI Jun (4) – 724 91 229 1,044WANG Xueqiang (4) – 619 74 211 904LIU Wanming (4) – 596 72 203 871DENG Zhiying 50(3) – – – 50LIU Xiaozhong 50(3) – – – 50XIANG Xi 50(3) – – – 50MEI Xingbao 180 – – – 180BAO Guoming 259 – – – 259

2,783 4,867 548 1,564 9,762

2013 Annual Report 172

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7 Directors’, supervisors’ and senior management’s emoluments (Continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2012

FeesBasic

salaries

Contributions to pension

schemesBenefi ts in kind

Discretionary bonuses (4)

TotalPaid DeferredRMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Executive directorsXIAO Gang (4) –(2) 495 65 244 566 569 1,939LI Lihui (4) –(2) 446 73 225 510 512 1,766LI Zaohang (4) –(2) 428 68 219 490 492 1,697WANG Yongli (4) –(2) 428 52 215 490 492 1,677

Non-executive directorsSUN Zhijun (1) – – – – – – –LIU Lina (1) – – – – – – –JIANG Yansong (1) – – – – – – –ZHANG Xiangdong (1) – – – – – – –ZHANG Qi (1) – – – – – – –CAI Haoyi (1) – – – – – – –

Independent non-executive directorsAnthony Francis NEOH 550 – – – – – 550HUANG Shizhong (1) – – – – – – –HUANG Danhan 379 – – – – – 379CHOW Man Yiu, Paul 426 – – – – – 426Jackson TAI 350 – – – – – 350Nout WELLINK 65 – – – – – 65Alberto TOGNI 400 – – – – – 400

SupervisorsLI Jun (4) – 433 46 221 496 498 1,694WANG Xueqiang (4) – 386 59 190 436 438 1,509LIU Wanming (4) – 361 57 186 400 402 1,406DENG Zhiying 50(3) – – – – – 50LIU Xiaozhong 19(3) – – – – – 19XIANG Xi 19(3) – – – – – 19LI Chunyu 33(3) – – – – – 33JIANG Kuiwei 8(3) – – – – – 8MEI Xingbao 180 – – – – – 180BAO Guoming 260 – – – – – 260

2,739 2,977 420 1,500 3,388 3,403 14,427

2013 Annual Report173

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7 Directors’, supervisors’ and senior management’s emoluments (Continued)

(1) For the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, these non-executive directors of the Bank signed agreements

to waive the emoluments for their services to the Bank. For the year ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, the

independent non-executive director of the Bank HUANG Shizhong signed an agreement to waive the emoluments for

his service to the Bank.

(2) For the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, these executive directors of the Bank did not receive any fees.

(3) Employee Supervisors’ above compensation is paid for serving as the Supervisors of the Bank.

(4) The total compensation packages for executive directors and supervisors for the year ended 31 December 2013

including discretionary bonus have not yet been fi nalised in accordance with relevant regulations of the PRC

authorities. The amount of the compensation not provided for is not expected to have any signifi cant impact on the

Group’s and the Bank’s 2013 fi nancial statements. The fi nal compensation for the year ended 31 December 2013 will

be disclosed in a separate announcement when determined.

The compensation amounts for these directors and supervisors for the year ended 31 December 2012 were restated

based on the fi nalised amounts determined during 2012 as disclosed in the Bank’s announcement dated 30 May

2013.

A portion of the discretionary bonus payments for executive directors and the chairman of the board of supervisors

are deferred for a minimum of 3 years contingent upon the future performance in accordance with relevant

regulations of the PRC authorities.

(5) XIAO Gang ceased to be chairman effective from 17 March 2013. JIANG Yansong ceased to be non-executive

director effective from 20 November 2013. Anthony Francis NEOH, HUANG Shizhong, HUANG Danhan ceased to be

independent non-executive directors effective from 11 September 2013.

(6) TIAN Guoli was elected to be chairman effective from 31 May 2013.WANG Yong was elected to be non-executive

director effective from 15 July 2013. LU Zhengfei was elected to be independent non-executive director effective

from 31 July 2013. LEUNG Cheuk Yan was elected to be independent non-executive director effective from 11

September 2013.

2013 Annual Report 174

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7 Directors’, supervisors’ and senior management’s emoluments (Continued)

Five highest paid individuals

Of the fi ve individuals with the highest emoluments, none of them are directors or supervisors whose emoluments are disclosed above.

The emoluments payable to the fi ve individuals whose emoluments were the highest in the Group for the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012 respectively are as follows:

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Basic salaries and allowances 16 15Discretionary bonuses 59 46Contributions to pension schemes and other 4 3

79 64

Emoluments of the individuals were within the following bands:

Year ended 31 DecemberAmounts in RMB 2013 20129,500,001–10,500,000 – 110,500,001–11,000,000 – 211,000,001–12,000,000 1 112,500,001–13,000,000 2 –14,000,001–20,000,000 1 –20,000,001–22,000,000 – 128,000,001–28,500,000 1 –

The above fi ve highest paid individuals’ emoluments are based on best estimates of discretionary bonuses. Discretionary bonuses include portions of payments that are deferred to future periods.

During the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Group has not paid any emoluments to the directors, supervisors, or senior management as an inducement to join or upon joining the Group or as compensation for loss of offi ce.

2013 Annual Report175

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8 Impairment losses on assets

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Loans and advances — Individually assessed 6,067 4,248 — Collectively assessed 16,871 14,838

Subtotal 22,938 19,086

Investment securities (1)

Available for sale — Debt securities (239) (374) — Other available for sale fi nancial assets 504 531

265 157

Held to maturity (47) (39)

Loans and receivables – (2)

Subtotal 218 116

Other 354 185

Total (2) 23,510 19,387

(1) Impairment charges/(reversal) on investment securities:

Year ended 31 December

2013 2012US subprime mortgage related debt securities (181) (296)

US Alt-A mortgage-backed securities (34) (25)

US Non-Agency mortgage-backed securities (64) (113)

Other securities 497 550

Net charges 218 116

(2) Details of new allowances and reversal of impairment losses on loans and advances and investment securities are

disclosed in Notes V.16 and V.23, respectively.

2013 Annual Report 176

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9 Income tax expense

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Current income tax — Chinese mainland income tax 42,884 39,262 — Hong Kong profi ts tax 3,601 3,223 — Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions taxation 2,689 2,323Adjustments in respect of current income tax of prior years (504) (856)

Subtotal 48,670 43,952

Deferred income tax (Note V.34) 366 (2,025)

Total 49,036 41,927

The principal tax rates applicable to the Group are set out in Note IV.

Provision for Chinese mainland income tax includes income tax based on the statutory tax rate of 25% of the taxable income of the Bank and each of its subsidiaries established in the Chinese mainland, and supplementary PRC tax on overseas operations as determined in accordance with the relevant PRC income tax rules and regulations (Note III.7).

Taxation on profi ts of Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions has been calculated on the estimated assessable profi ts in accordance with local tax regulations at the rates of taxation prevailing in the countries or regions in which the Group operates.

The tax rate on the Group’s profi t before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the basic Chinese mainland tax rate of the Bank as follows:

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Profi t before income tax 212,777 187,673

Tax calculated at the applicable statutory tax rate 53,194 46,918Effect of different tax rates on Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions (2,934) (2,324)Supplementary PRC tax on overseas income 2,612 1,618Income not subject to tax (1) (6,294) (5,635)Items not deductible for tax purposes (2) 2,507 2,406Other (49) (1,056)

Income tax expense 49,036 41,927

(1) Income not subject to tax mainly comprises interest income from PRC Treasury bonds.

(2) Non-deductible items primarily include losses resulting from write-off of certain non-performing loans, and marketing

and entertainment expenses in excess of the relevant deductible threshold under the relevant PRC tax regulations.

2013 Annual Report177

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10 Earnings per share (basic and diluted)

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share was computed by dividing the profi t attributable to the equity holders of the Bank by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period.

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Profi t attributable to equity holders of the Bank 156,911 139,656Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (in million shares) 279,156 279,127

Basic earnings per share (in RMB per share) 0.56 0.50

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (in million shares)

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Issued ordinary shares as at 1 January 279,147 279,147Weighted average number of shares from conversion of convertible bonds 19 –Weighted average number of treasury shares (10) (20)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 279,156 279,127

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share was computed by dividing the adjusted profi t attributable to the equity holders of the Bank based on assuming conversion of all dilutive potential shares for the year by the adjusted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue. The Bank has convertible bonds as dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Profi t attributable to equity holders of the Bank 156,911 139,656Add: interest expense on convertible bonds, net of tax, outstanding as at 31 December 1,129 1,041

Profi t used to determine diluted earnings per share 158,040 140,697

Adjusted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (in million shares) 279,156 279,127Add: weighted average number of ordinary shares assuming conversion of all dilutive shares (in million shares) 13,575 11,410

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share (in million shares) 292,731 290,537

Diluted earnings per share (in RMB per share) 0.54 0.48

2013 Annual Report 178

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11 Cash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Cash 82,339 72,475 73,819 66,081Due from banks in Chinese mainland 597,620 617,598 531,417 579,105Due from other fi nancial institutions in Chinese mainland 746 2,525 725 2,510Due from banks in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions 21,674 82,796 40,688 97,792Due from other fi nancial institutions in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions 205 180 22 105

Total (1) 702,584 775,574 646,671 745,593

(1) Included in the Bank’s due from banks and other fi nancial institutions are balances with the Bank’s subsidiaries (Note

V.42.8).

12 Balances with central banks

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Mandatory reserves (1) 1,613,606 1,476,088 1,601,600 1,466,433Surplus reserves (2) 98,318 204,943 91,794 200,636Balance under reverse repo agreements (3) 100,000 – 100,000 –Other deposits (4) 320,077 253,266 221,781 192,293

Total 2,132,001 1,934,297 2,015,175 1,859,362

(1) The Group places mandatory reserve funds with the People’s Bank of China (the “PBOC”) and the central banks

of Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions where it has operations. As at 31 December 2013,

mandatory reserve funds placed with the PBOC were calculated at 20.0% (31 December 2012: 20.0%) and 5.0%

(31 December 2012: 5.0%) of qualifi ed RMB deposits and foreign currency deposits from customers of branches in

Chinese mainland of the Bank respectively. The mandatory reserve funds placed with the central bank of domestic

subsidiaries of the Group is determined by the PBOC. The amount of mandatory reserve funds placed with the central

banks of other jurisdictions is determined by local regulations.

(2) This mainly represented the surplus reserve funds placed with the PBOC by branches in Chinese mainland of the

Group.

(3) The Group accepts treasury bonds as collateral in connection with its reverse repo agreements with the PBOC. The

Group is not permitted to sell or re-pledge such collateral.

(4) This mainly represented balances, other than mandatory reserves and surplus reserves, placed with central banks by

operations in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions.

2013 Annual Report179

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13 Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Placements with and loans to: Banks in Chinese mainland 432,905 233,865 410,141 200,118 Other fi nancial institutions in Chinese mainland 168,113 122,332 165,183 119,181 Banks in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions (1) 59,154 91,305 54,037 87,462 Other fi nancial institutions in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions (1) 72 – 28,350 28,925

Subtotal (2)(3)(4) 660,244 447,502 657,711 435,686

Allowance for impairment losses (195) (203) (195) (203)

Total 660,049 447,299 657,516 435,483

Impaired placements 195 203 195 203

Percentage of impaired placements to total placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 0.03% 0.05% 0.03% 0.05%

(1) Included in the Bank’s placements with and loans to “Banks in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and

regions” and “Other fi nancial institutions in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions” are loans

to the Bank’s subsidiaries (Note V.42.8).

(2) “Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions” include balances arising from reverse repo

agreements and collateralised fi nancing agreements. These are presented by collateral type as follows:

As at 31 December

Group Bank2013 2012 2013 2012

Debt securities — Governments 126,526 38,924 126,444 37,834 — Policy banks 108,047 54,698 107,638 54,698 — Financial institutions 1,279 4,426 – 4,426

Subtotal 235,852 98,048 234,082 96,958

Bills 22,196 – 22,196 –

Total 258,048 98,048 256,278 96,958

2013 Annual Report 180

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13 Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions (Continued)

(3) As at 31 December 2013, included in the balance of “Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial

institutions” were assets acquired in benefi cial trust rights reverse repurchase transactions and fi nancial asset

benefi cial rights transaction in the amount of RMB147,161 million (31 December 2012: RMB62,200 million).

(4) For the purpose of asset-liability management, unconsolidated structured entities established by the Group may

raise short-term fi nancing needs to the Group and other banks. The Group was not contractually obliged to provide

funding. After internal risk assessment, the Group may enter into repurchase and placement transactions with these

structured entities in accordance with market principles. In the year of 2013, the largest balance of such funding

was RMB37,500 million (2012: RMB9,674 million). As of 31 December 2013, funding to unconsolidated structured

entities provided by the Group was included in “Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions”

and amounted to RMB29,000 million (31 December 2012: Nil). The maximum exposure to loss of those placements

approximated the carrying amount. As of the issue date of this report, those placements have matured and the

amounts have been fully repaid.

14 Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Trading fi nancial assetsDebt securities Issuers in Chinese mainland — Government 1,679 1,362 358 566 — Public sector and quasi-governments – 10 – 10 — Policy banks 5,474 6,060 3,325 4,445 — Financial institutions 3,283 148 3,088 – — Corporate 1,994 2,761 1,180 2,162

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments 12,454 17,282 – – — Public sector and quasi-governments 135 148 – – — Financial institutions 440 274 – – — Corporate 4,538 4,403 – –

29,997 32,448 7,951 7,183

Other Fund investments and other 758 265 – – Equity securities 5,315 488 – –

Subtotal 36,070 33,201 7,951 7,183

2013 Annual Report181

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14 Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss (Continued)

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Financial assets designated at fair value through profi t or lossDebt securities Issuers in Chinese mainland — Government 218 71 169 71 — Policy banks 1,777 1,893 1,777 1,893 — Financial institutions 359 196 359 196 — Corporate 5,857 4,758 3,686 2,845

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments 267 332 – – — Public sector and quasi-governments – 384 – 384 — Financial institutions 20,530 21,025 13,573 11,431 — Corporate 3,847 3,666 1,642 1,085

32,855 32,325 21,206 17,905

Other Fund investments 520 515 – – Loans (1) 4,321 4,566 4,157 4,566 Equity securities 1,434 983 – –

Subtotal 39,130 38,389 25,363 22,471

Total (2) (3) 75,200 71,590 33,314 29,654

Analysed as: Listed in Hong Kong 18,185 12,024 8,530 5,045 Listed outside Hong Kong (4) 32,311 29,732 17,945 19,166 Unlisted 24,704 29,834 6,839 5,443

Total 75,200 71,590 33,314 29,654

2013 Annual Report 182

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14 Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss (Continued)

(1) There was no signifi cant change during the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012 and cumulatively, in the fair

value of the loans that was attributable to changes in the credit risk of the loans.

(2) As at 31 December 2013, the Group and the Bank held bonds issued by the Ministry of Finance of PRC (“MOF”) and

bills issued by the PBOC included in “Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss” with the carrying value and

the related interest rate range on such bonds and bills as follows:

As at 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012

Carrying value 1,897 1,432 527 636

Interest rate range 1.40%–4.25% 1.40%–3.58% 3.77%–4.25% 2.70%–3.58%

(3) As at 31 December 2013, included in the Group’s “Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss” were

certifi cates of deposit held of RMB420 million (31 December 2012: RMB1,230 million).

(4) Debt securities traded on the China Domestic Interbank Bond Market are included in “Listed outside Hong Kong”.

15 Derivative fi nancial instruments and hedge accounting

The Group enters into foreign currency exchange rate, interest rate, equity, credit or precious metals and other commodity related derivative fi nancial instruments for trading, hedging, asset and liability management and on behalf of customers.

The contractual/notional amounts and fair values of derivative instruments held by the Group and the Bank are set out in the following tables. The contractual/notional amounts of fi nancial instruments provide a basis for comparison with the fair values of instruments recognised on the statement of fi nancial position but do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash fl ows involved or the current fair value of the instruments and, therefore, do not indicate the Group’s or the Bank’s exposure to credit or market risks. The derivative instruments become favourable (assets) or unfavourable (liabilities) as a result of fl uctuations in market interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, or equity/commodity prices relative to their terms. The aggregate fair values of Derivative fi nancial assets and liabilities can fl uctuate signifi cantly from time to time.

2013 Annual Report183

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 Derivative fi nancial instruments and hedge accounting (Continued)

15.1 Derivative fi nancial instruments

Group

As at 31 December 2013 As at 31 December 2012

Contractual/notional amount

Fair valueContractual/

notional amount

Fair valueAssets Liabilities Assets Liabilities

Exchange rate derivatives Currency forwards and swaps, and cross-currency interest rate swaps (1) 2,237,388 27,980 (23,926) 2,025,786 29,962 (20,715) Currency options 163,613 683 (811) 56,881 201 (235)

Subtotal 2,401,001 28,663 (24,737) 2,082,667 30,163 (20,950)

Interest rate derivatives Interest rate swaps 571,624 6,837 (6,032) 645,376 7,785 (9,001) Interest rate options 30 – – 1,917 – (3) Interest rate futures 2,335 3 (1) 249 2 –

Subtotal 573,989 6,840 (6,033) 647,542 7,787 (9,004)

Equity derivatives 8,674 124 (152) 4,721 22 (106)

Commodity derivatives 134,023 5,196 (5,290) 148,365 2,216 (2,397)

Total 3,117,687 40,823 (36,212) 2,883,295 40,188 (32,457)

2013 Annual Report 184

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 Derivative fi nancial instruments and hedge accounting (Continued)

15.1 Derivative fi nancial instruments (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2013 As at 31 December 2012

Contractual/notional amount

Fair valueContractual/

notional amount

Fair valueAssets Liabilities Assets Liabilities

Exchange rate derivatives Currency forwards and swaps, and cross-currency interest rate swaps (1) 1,799,317 15,206 (14,688) 1,500,454 11,565 (9,888) Currency options 128,479 589 (697) 43,718 179 (209)

Subtotal 1,927,796 15,795 (15,385) 1,544,172 11,744 (10,097)

Interest rate derivatives Interest rate swaps 321,875 2,868 (3,401) 359,463 3,144 (4,772) Interest rate options – – – 1,886 – (3)

Subtotal 321,875 2,868 (3,401) 361,349 3,144 (4,775)

Equity derivatives 80 1 – 104 – –

Commodity derivatives 85,438 4,307 (4,744) 96,344 1,051 (1,510)

Total 2,335,189 22,971 (23,530) 2,001,969 15,939 (16,382)

(1) These exchange rate derivatives primarily include foreign exchange transactions with customers; foreign

exchange transactions to manage foreign currency exchange risks arising from customers; and foreign currency

exchange transactions entered into as part of the asset and liability management and funding requirements.

2013 Annual Report185

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 Derivative fi nancial instruments and hedge accounting (Continued)

15.2 Hedge accounting

Included in the derivative fi nancial instruments above are those designated as hedging instruments by the Group as follows (the Bank: Nil):

Group

As at 31 December 2013 As at 31 December 2012

Contractual/notional amount

Fair valueContractual/

notional amount

Fair valueAssets Liabilities Assets Liabilities

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments in fair value hedges Cross-currency interest rate swaps 2,261 – (35) – – – Interest rate swaps 68,245 2,641 (886) 38,003 2,707 (1,373)

Subtotal (1) 70,506 2,641 (921) 38,003 2,707 (1,373)

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments in cash fl ow hedges Cross-currency interest rate swaps 2,972 58 (51) 2,574 34 (44) Interest rate swaps 148 – (1) 523 – (11)

Subtotal (2) 3,120 58 (52) 3,097 34 (55)

Total 73,626 2,699 (973) 41,100 2,741 (1,428)

2013 Annual Report 186

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 Derivative fi nancial instruments and hedge accounting (Continued)

15.2 Hedge accounting (Continued)

(1) Fair value hedges

The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swaps to hedge against changes in fair

value of bonds issued and debt securities available for sale arising from changes in foreign exchange rates and

interest rates.

Gains or losses on fair value hedges are as follows:

Year ended 31 December

2013 2012Net gains/(losses) on

— hedging instruments 616 390

— hedged items (173) (359)

Ineffectiveness recognised in Net trading gains 443 31

(2) Cash fl ow hedges

The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swaps to hedge against exposure to cash

fl ow variability primarily from foreign exchange rates and interest rate risks of debt securities held and variable

rate borrowings.

For the year ended 31 December 2013, a net loss from cash fl ow hedges of RMB20 million was recognised in

“Capital reserve” through other comprehensive income (2012: net loss of RMB31 million), and there was no

ineffectiveness for the year ended 31 December 2013 and 2012.

There were no transactions for which cash fl ow hedge accounting had to be ceased in the year ended 31

December 2013 or 2012 as a result of the highly probable cash fl ows no longer being expected to occur.

(3) Net investment hedges

The Group’s consolidated statement of fi nancial position is affected by exchange differences between

the functional currencies of respective holding companies and functional currencies of their branches and

subsidiaries. The Group hedges such exchange exposures only in limited circumstances. Hedging is undertaken

using deposits taken in the same currencies as the functional currencies of related branches and subsidiaries

which are accounted for as hedges of certain net investment in foreign operations.

For the year ended 31 December 2013, a net gain from the hedging instrument of RMB498 million was

recognised in “Currency translation differences” through other comprehensive income on net investment

hedges (2012: net loss of RMB15 million), and there was no ineffectiveness in the years ended 31 December

2013 and 2012.

2013 Annual Report187

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16 Loans and advances to customers, net

16.1 Analysis of loans and advances to customers

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Corporate loans and advances Loans and advances 5,310,894 4,813,749 4,740,537 4,317,362 Discounted bills 128,445 166,650 124,674 163,742

Subtotal 5,439,339 4,980,399 4,865,211 4,481,104

Personal loans Mortgages 1,506,331 1,348,359 1,323,801 1,167,766 Credit cards 222,141 160,865 212,165 151,510 Other 439,980 375,073 391,483 341,228

Subtotal 2,168,452 1,884,297 1,927,449 1,660,504

Total loans and advances 7,607,791 6,864,696 6,792,660 6,141,608

Allowance for impairment losses Individually assessed (39,202) (38,537) (38,479) (37,813) Collectively assessed (128,847) (116,119) (125,422) (113,225)

Total allowance for impairment losses (168,049) (154,656) (163,901) (151,038)

Loans and advances to customers, net 7,439,742 6,710,040 6,628,759 5,990,570

16.2 Analysis of loans and advances to customers by geographical area, industry, collateral type and analysis of overdue loans and advances to customers by collateral type is presented in Note VI. 3.5.

2013 Annual Report 188

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16 Loans and advances to customers, net (Continued)

16.3 Analysis of loans and advances to customers by collective and individual allowance

assessments

GroupLoans and advances for which

allowance is collectively

assessed (1)

Identifi ed impaired loans and advances (2)

Total

Identifi ed impaired loans

and advancesas % of total

loans and advances

for which allowance is

collectively assessed

for which allowance is individually

assessed Subtotal

As at 31 December 2013Total loans and advances 7,534,672 21,142 51,977 73,119 7,607,791 0.96%Allowance for impairment losses (116,459) (12,388) (39,202) (51,590) (168,049)

Loans and advances to customers, net 7,418,213 8,754 12,775 21,529 7,439,742

As at 31 December 2012Total loans and advances 6,799,241 15,106 50,349 65,455 6,864,696 0.95%

Allowance for impairment losses (106,918) (9,201) (38,537) (47,738) (154,656)

Loans and advances to customers, net 6,692,323 5,905 11,812 17,717 6,710,040

Bank

Loans and advancesfor which

allowance is collectively assessed (1)

Identifi ed impaired loans and advances (2)

Total

Identifi ed impaired loans

and advancesas % of total

loans and advances

for which allowance is

collectively assessed

for which allowance is individually

assessed Subtotal

As at 31 December 2013Total loans and advances 6,721,536 20,927 50,197 71,124 6,792,660 1.05%Allowance for impairment losses (113,172) (12,250) (38,479) (50,729) (163,901)

Loans and advances to customers, net 6,608,364 8,677 11,718 20,395 6,628,759

As at 31 December 2012Total loans and advances 6,077,776 15,013 48,819 63,832 6,141,608 1.04%

Allowance for impairment losses (104,058) (9,167) (37,813) (46,980) (151,038)

Loans and advances to customers, net 5,973,718 5,846 11,006 16,852 5,990,570

2013 Annual Report189

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16 Loans and advances to customers, net (Continued)

16.3 Analysis of loans and advances to customers by collective and individual allowance

assessments (Continued)

(1) Loans and advances for which allowance is collectively assessed consist of loans and advances which have not

been specifi cally identifi ed as impaired.

(2) Identifi ed impaired loans and advances are loans for which objective evidence of impairment exists and which

have been identifi ed as bearing an impairment loss and assessed either:

• individually (including mainly signifi cant corporate loans and advances over a certain amount which are

impaired); or

• collectively (portfolios of individually insignifi cant homogenous loans which share similar credit risk

characteristics, including insignifi cant corporate loans and advances and personal loans which are

impaired).

16.4 Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers by

individual and collective assessments

Year ended 31 December

2013 2012

Individually assessed

allowance

Collectively assessed

allowance Total

Individually assessed

allowance

Collectively assessed

allowance Total

GroupAs at 1 January 38,537 116,119 154,656 36,265 103,411 139,676Impairment losses for the year 15,098 48,652 63,750 15,203 37,287 52,490Reversal (9,031) (31,781) (40,812) (10,955) (22,449) (33,404)Written off and transfer out (5,492) (3,604) (9,096) (2,409) (1,800) (4,209)Transfer in — Recovery of loans and advances written off 676 52 728 600 66 666 — Unwind of discount on allowance (214) (286) (500) (104) (259) (363)

— Exchange differences (372) (305) (677) (63) (137) (200)

As at 31 December 39,202 128,847 168,049 38,537 116,119 154,656

BankAs at 1 January 37,813 113,225 151,038 35,749 100,903 136,652Impairment losses for the year 14,704 47,682 62,386 14,690 36,619 51,309Reversal (8,746) (31,639) (40,385) (10,484) (22,314) (32,798)Written off and transfer out (5,203) (3,369) (8,572) (2,388) (1,626) (4,014)Transfer in — Recovery of loans and advances written off 474 25 499 409 40 449 — Unwind of discount on allowance (210) (286) (496) (96) (259) (355)

— Exchange differences (353) (216) (569) (67) (138) (205)

As at 31 December 38,479 125,422 163,901 37,813 113,225 151,038

2013 Annual Report 190

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16 Loans and advances to customers, net (Continued)

16.5 Reconciliation of allowance account for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers

by customer type

Year ended 31 December

2013 2012

Corporate Personal Total Corporate Personal Total

Group

As at 1 January 128,295 26,361 154,656 115,855 23,821 139,676

Impairment losses for the year 57,198 6,552 63,750 48,709 3,781 52,490

Reversal (40,758) (54) (40,812) (33,341) (63) (33,404)

Written off and transfer out (7,515) (1,581) (9,096) (3,192) (1,017) (4,209)

Transfer in

— Recovery of loans and advances

written off 669 59 728 604 62 666

— Unwind of discount on allowance (274) (226) (500) (147) (216) (363)

— Exchange differences (637) (40) (677) (193) (7) (200)

As at 31 December 136,978 31,071 168,049 128,295 26,361 154,656

Bank

As at 1 January 125,142 25,896 151,038 113,232 23,420 136,652

Impairment losses for the year 56,238 6,148 62,386 47,782 3,527 51,309

Reversal (40,381) (4) (40,385) (32,785) (13) (32,798)

Written off and transfer out (7,227) (1,345) (8,572) (3,171) (843) (4,014)

Transfer in

— Recovery of loans and advances

written off 475 24 499 425 24 449

— Unwind of discount on allowance (270) (226) (496) (139) (216) (355)

— Exchange differences (554) (15) (569) (202) (3) (205)

As at 31 December 133,423 30,478 163,901 125,142 25,896 151,038

2013 Annual Report191

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17 Investment securities

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Investment securities available for saleDebt securities available for sale Issuers in Chinese mainland — Government 60,043 80,361 51,518 70,154 — Public sector and quasi-governments 5,987 2,950 5,799 1,855 — Policy banks 81,117 77,224 41,682 49,943 — Financial institutions 72,259 45,852 30,841 15,247 — Corporate 142,680 81,716 114,805 61,708

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments 89,165 171,057 55,522 58,423 — Public sector and quasi-governments 41,417 40,156 5,246 7,992 — Financial institutions 138,430 129,297 42,549 34,740 — Corporate 34,660 26,106 6,169 5,045

665,758 654,719 354,131 305,107

Equity securities 26,617 24,041 2,489 1,903

Fund investments and other 8,821 7,640 – –

Total investment securities available for sale (1) 701,196 686,400 356,620 307,010

Debt securities held to maturity Issuers in Chinese mainland — Government 663,930 645,607 663,478 644,906 — Public sector and quasi-governments 20,569 15,350 20,569 15,350 — Policy banks 244,846 259,900 243,677 259,104 — Financial institutions 42,312 38,969 39,706 36,516 — Corporate 154,530 141,317 150,375 140,596

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments 67,269 64,561 64,344 61,907 — Public sector and quasi-governments 4,262 4,439 4,156 3,413 — Financial institutions 7,791 10,613 1,814 1,110 — Corporate 5,268 2,630 1,002 813

1,210,777 1,183,386 1,189,121 1,163,715

Allowance for impairment losses (246) (306) (243) (299)

Total debt securities held to maturity (2) 1,210,531 1,183,080 1,188,878 1,163,416

2013 Annual Report 192

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17 Investment securities (Continued)

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Debt securities classifi ed as loans and receivables Issuers in Chinese mainland — China Orient Bond (3) 160,000 160,000 160,000 160,000 — Special Purpose Treasury Bond (4) 42,500 42,500 42,500 42,500 — Financial institutions 27,371 20,979 21,780 17,480 — Certifi cate and Saving-type Treasury Bonds and other (5) 30,058 32,492 29,414 31,564

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Public sector and quasi-governments 9,668 11,638 7,967 9,077 — Financial institutions 2 1,319 2 115 — Corporate 9 591 9 591

269,608 269,519 261,672 261,327

Allowance for impairment losses (65) (65) (65) (65)

Total debt securities classifi ed as loans and receivables 269,543 269,454 261,607 261,262

Total investment securities(6)(7) 2,181,270 2,138,934 1,807,105 1,731,688

2013 Annual Report193

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17 Investment securities (Continued)

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Analysed as follows:

Investment securities available for saleDebt securities — Listed in Hong Kong 30,336 21,871 8,480 5,301 — Listed outside Hong Kong 312,912 303,350 215,013 211,872 — Unlisted 322,510 329,498 130,638 87,934

Equity, fund and other — Listed in Hong Kong 5,091 4,242 – – — Listed outside Hong Kong 306 279 1 – — Unlisted 30,041 27,160 2,488 1,903

Debt securities held to maturity — Listed in Hong Kong 2,656 2,520 1,471 1,346 — Listed outside Hong Kong 978,604 1,076,690 966,897 1,068,938 — Unlisted 229,271 103,870 220,510 93,132

Debt securities classifi ed as loans and receivables — Unlisted 269,543 269,454 261,607 261,262

Total 2,181,270 2,138,934 1,807,105 1,731,688

Listed in Hong Kong 38,083 28,633 9,951 6,647Listed outside Hong Kong 1,291,822 1,380,319 1,181,911 1,280,810Unlisted 851,365 729,982 615,243 444,231

Total 2,181,270 2,138,934 1,807,105 1,731,688

2013 Annual Report 194

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17 Investment securities (Continued)

Group

As at 31 December2013 2012

Carrying value

Market value

Carrying value

Market value

Debt securities held to maturity — Listed in Hong Kong 2,656 2,699 2,520 2,634 — Listed outside Hong Kong 978,604 936,328 1,076,690 1,072,920

Bank

As at 31 December2013 2012

Carrying value

Market value

Carrying value

Market value

Debt securities held to maturity — Listed in Hong Kong 1,471 1,501 1,346 1,411 — Listed outside Hong Kong 966,897 924,573 1,068,938 1,064,836

(1) The Group’s accumulated impairment charge on debt, equity securities and other available for sale held as at 31

December 2013 amounted to RMB2,533 million and RMB4,480 million, respectively (31 December 2012: RMB3,591

million and RMB4,260 million, respectively).

(2) In 2013, the Group reclassifi ed certain debt securities with a total carrying value of RMB5,344 million from

“Investment securities available for sale” to “Investment securities held to maturity” in response to a change in

intention of management.

(3) The Bank transferred certain non-performing assets to China Orient Asset Management Corporation (“China

Orient”) in 1999 and 2000. On 1 July 2000, China Orient issued a ten-year bond (“Orient Bond”) with a par value of

RMB160,000 million and interest rate of 2.25% to the Bank as consideration. During the year ended 31 December

2010, the maturity of this bond was extended to 30 June 2020 with the other terms unchanged. The MOF shall

continue to provide funding support for the principal and interest of the Orient Bond held by the Bank pursuant to

Caijin [2004] No. 87 “Notice of the MOF Regarding Relevant Issues Relating to the Principal and Interest of Debt

Securities of Financial Asset Management Companies Held by Bank of China and China Construction Bank”.

(4) On 18 August 1998, a Special Purpose Treasury Bond was issued by the MOF with a par value of RMB42,500 million

maturing on 18 August 2028. This bond was originally issued with an annual coupon rate of 7.20% and its coupon

rate was restructured to 2.25% per annum from 1 December 2004.

(5) The Group underwrites certain Treasury bonds issued by the MOF and undertakes the role of a distributor of these

Treasury bonds through its branch network earning commission income on bonds sold. The investors of these

bonds have a right to redeem the bonds at any time prior to maturity and the Bank is committed to redeem these

Treasury bonds. The balance of these bonds held by the Group and the Bank as at 31 December 2013 amounted to

RMB6,995 million (31 December 2012: RMB16,266 million).

2013 Annual Report195

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17 Investment securities (Continued)

(6) As at 31 December 2013, the Group and the Bank held bonds issued by the MOF and bills issued by the PBOC

included in investment securities with the carrying value and the related interest rate range on such bonds and bills

as follows:

As at 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012

Carrying value 638,345 670,705 629,368 659,795

Interest rate range 0.66%–5.41% 1.00%–4.89% 0.66%–5.41% 1.00%–4.75%

(7) Included in the Group’s investment securities were certifi cates of deposit held amounting to RMB81,032 million as at

31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: RMB65,520 million).

18 Investment in subsidiaries

The carrying amount by principal subsidiary was as follows, and further details are disclosed in Note V.42.8. These directly held principal subsidiaries are unlisted companies. All holdings are in the ordinary share capital of the undertaking concerned, and the ability of the subsidiary to transfer funds to the Group and the Bank is not restricted.

As at 31 December

2013 2012

BOC Hong Kong (Group) Limited 36,915 36,915

BOC Group Investment Limited 29,633 29,633

BOC Group Insurance Company Limited 4,509 4,509

BOC International Holdings Limited 3,753 3,753

BOC (UK) Limited 3,223 3,223

BOC Insurance Company Limited 1,998 1,998

Tai Fung Bank Limited 82 82

Other 9,113 7,161

Total 89,226 87,274

2013 Annual Report 196

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19 Investment in associates and joint ventures

Year ended 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012

As at 1 January 12,382 13,293 55 48

Additions 331 1,028 – 4

Disposals (369) (2,296) – –

Share of results, net of tax 1,092 613 4 7

Dividends received (117) (129) – –

Exchange differences and others 49 (127) (2) (4)

As at 31 December 13,368 12,382 57 55

Investment in associates and joint ventures of the Group and the Bank comprise of ordinary shares of unlisted companies, and the ability of associates and joint ventures to transfer funds to the Group and the Bank is not restricted. The carrying amount by principal investees was as follows:

As at 31 December

2013 2012

Huaneng International Power Development Corporation 5,784 5,062

BOC International (China) Limited 2,850 2,438

CGN Phase I Private Equity Fund Company Limited 991 885

Guangdong Small and Medium Enterprises

Equity Investment Fund Company Limited 629 631

Hong Kong Bora Holdings Limited 538 946

Farun Glass Industry Company Limited 436 496

Hubei Zhongqi Investment and Guarantee Company Limited 315 316

JCC Financial Company Limited 260 226

Guangdong Haomei Aluminum Company Limited 229 218

Silver Union Investments Limited 182 188

Other 1,154 976

Total 13,368 12,382

Further details are disclosed in Note V.42.4.

2013 Annual Report197

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

20 Property and equipment

Group

Year ended 31 December

Buildings

Equipment and motor

vehiclesConstruction

in progress Aircraft TotalCostAs at 1 January 2013 82,142 54,120 23,744 53,586 213,592Additions 508 6,043 9,890 12,976 29,417Transfer from/(to) investment properties, net (Note V.21) 220 – (2) – 218Construction in progress transfer in/(out) 5,246 495 (10,412) 4,671 –Disposals (645) (1,677) (178) (6,661) (9,161)Exchange differences (872) (196) (2) (1,608) (2,678)

As at 31 December 2013 86,599 58,785 23,040 62,964 231,388

Accumulated depreciationAs at 1 January 2013 (22,268) (33,883) – (5,931) (62,082)Depreciation charge (2,589) (8,327) – (2,092) (13,008)Disposals 586 1,589 – 1,184 3,359Exchange differences 204 135 – 179 518

As at 31 December 2013 (24,067) (40,486) – (6,660) (71,213)

Allowance for impairment lossesAs at 1 January 2013 (765) – (252) (169) (1,186)Impairment losses – – – (187) (187)Disposals 8 – 7 146 161Exchange differences – – – 5 5

As at 31 December 2013 (757) – (245) (205) (1,207)

Net book valueAs at 1 January 2013 59,109 20,237 23,492 47,486 150,324

As at 31 December 2013 61,775 18,299 22,795 56,099 158,968

2013 Annual Report 198

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

20 Property and equipment (Continued)

Group

Year ended 31 December

Buildings

Equipment and motor

vehiclesConstruction

in progress Aircraft TotalCostAs at 1 January 2012 78,989 47,415 19,840 46,584 192,828Additions 781 8,290 11,194 6,481 26,746Transfer to investment properties, net (Note V.21) (979) – – – (979)Construction in progress transfer in/(out) 4,346 485 (6,932) 2,101 –Disposals (973) (2,080) (328) (1,395) (4,776)Exchange differences (22) 10 (30) (185) (227)

As at 31 December 2012 82,142 54,120 23,744 53,586 213,592

Accumulated depreciationAs at 1 January 2012 (20,819) (28,317) – (4,411) (53,547)Depreciation charge (2,405) (7,566) – (1,786) (11,757)Disposals 954 2,000 – 247 3,201Exchange differences 2 – – 19 21

As at 31 December 2012 (22,268) (33,883) – (5,931) (62,082)

Allowance for impairment lossesAs at 1 January 2012 (775) – (252) (20) (1,047)Impairment losses (3) – (4) (150) (157)Disposals 13 – 4 1 18Exchange differences – – – – –

As at 31 December 2012 (765) – (252) (169) (1,186)

Net book valueAs at 1 January 2012 57,395 19,098 19,588 42,153 138,234

As at 31 December 2012 59,109 20,237 23,492 47,486 150,324

As at 31 December 2013, the net book amount of aircraft owned by BOC Aviation Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group, acquired under fi nance lease arrangements was RMB430 million (31 December 2012: RMB459 million).

As at 31 December 2013, the net book amount of aircraft leased out by BOC Aviation Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group, under operating leases was RMB55,628 million (31 December 2012: RMB46,884 million).

As at 31 December 2013, the net book amount of aircraft owned by BOC Aviation Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group, that has been pledged for loan facilities was RMB46,634 million (31 December 2012: RMB38,573 million) (Note V.30).

2013 Annual Report199

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

20 Property and equipment (Continued)

Bank

Year ended 31 December

Buildings

Equipment and motor

vehiclesConstruction

in progress TotalCostAs at 1 January 2013 65,266 48,602 17,170 131,038Additions 299 5,559 7,284 13,142Transfer to investment properties, net (Note V.21) (1) – – (1)Construction in progress transfer in/(out) 5,196 200 (5,396) –Disposals (635) (1,456) (2) (2,093)Exchange differences (399) (43) – (442)

As at 31 December 2013 69,726 52,862 19,056 141,644

Accumulated depreciationAs at 1 January 2013 (18,820) (29,978) – (48,798)Depreciation charge (2,208) (7,731) – (9,939)Disposals 563 1,388 – 1,951Exchange differences 76 29 – 105

As at 31 December 2013 (20,389) (36,292) – (56,681)

Allowance for impairment lossesAs at 1 January 2013 (765) – (252) (1,017)Impairment losses – – – –Disposals 8 – 7 15Exchange differences – – – –

As at 31 December 2013 (757) – (245) (1,002)

Net book valueAs at 1 January 2013 45,681 18,624 16,918 81,223

As at 31 December 2013 48,580 16,570 18,811 83,961

2013 Annual Report 200

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

20 Property and equipment (Continued)

Bank

Year ended 31 December

Buildings

Equipment and motor

vehiclesConstruction

in progress TotalCostAs at 1 January 2012 61,484 42,386 14,135 118,005Additions 428 7,913 7,812 16,153Transfer from investment properties, net (Note V.21) 10 – – 10Construction in progress transfer in/(out) 4,273 178 (4,451) –Disposals (885) (1,883) (326) (3,094)Exchange differences (44) 8 – (36)

As at 31 December 2012 65,266 48,602 17,170 131,038

Accumulated depreciationAs at 1 January 2012 (17,612) (24,837) – (42,449)Depreciation charge (2,071) (6,964) – (9,035)Disposals 860 1,823 – 2,683Exchange differences 3 – – 3

As at 31 December 2012 (18,820) (29,978) – (48,798)

Allowance for impairment lossesAs at 1 January 2012 (775) – (252) (1,027)Impairment losses (3) – (4) (7)Disposals 13 – 4 17Exchange differences – – – –

As at 31 December 2012 (765) – (252) (1,017)

Net book valueAs at 1 January 2012 43,097 17,549 13,883 74,529

As at 31 December 2012 45,681 18,624 16,918 81,223

According to relevant PRC laws and regulations, after conversion into a joint stock limited liability company, the Bank is required to re-register its property and equipment under the name of Bank of China Limited. As at 31 December 2013, the process of re-registration has not been completed. However, this registration process does not affect the rights of Bank of China Limited to these assets.

2013 Annual Report201

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

20 Property and equipment (Continued)

The carrying value of buildings is analysed based on the remaining terms of the leases as follows:

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Held in Hong Kong on long-term lease (over 50 years) 3,651 3,701 – – on medium-term lease (10–50 years) 6,873 7,063 – – on short-term lease (less than 10 years) 2 6 – –

Subtotal 10,526 10,770 – –

Held outside Hong Kong on long-term lease (over 50 years) 3,708 4,239 2,333 3,780 on medium-term lease (10–50 years) 45,897 43,612 44,847 41,421 on short-term lease (less than 10 years) 1,644 488 1,400 480

Subtotal 51,249 48,339 48,580 45,681

Total 61,775 59,109 48,580 45,681

21 Investment properties

Year ended 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012As at 1 January 17,142 14,616 1,474 1,280Additions 2,775 560 1 –Transfer from/(to) property and equipment, net (Note V.20) (218) 979 1 (10)Disposals (7) (113) – –Fair value changes (Note V.4) 662 1,006 241 165Exchange differences (83) 94 206 39

As at 31 December 20,271 17,142 1,923 1,474

The Group’s investment properties are located in active real estate markets, and external appraisers make reasonable estimation of fair value using market prices of the same or similar properties and other related information from the real estate market.

Investment properties are mainly held by BOC Hong Kong (Holdings) Limited (“BOCHK (Holdings)”) and BOC Group Investment Limited, subsidiaries of the Group. The carrying value of investment properties held by BOCHK (Holdings) and BOC Group Investment Limited as at 31 December 2013 amounted to RMB8,648 million and RMB9,679 million, respectively (31 December 2012: RMB8,782 million and RMB6,865 million). The valuation of these investment properties as at 31 December 2013 were principally performed by either Savills Valuation and Professional Services Limited or Knight Frank Petty Limited based on open market price and other related information.

2013 Annual Report 202

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

21 Investment properties (Continued)

The carrying value of investment properties is analysed based on the remaining terms of the leases as follows:

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Held in Hong Kong on long-term lease (over 50 years) 2,809 2,515 – – on medium-term lease (10–50 years) 6,475 6,907 – – on short-term lease (less than 10 years) – 20 – –

Subtotal 9,284 9,442 – –

Held outside Hong Kong on long-term lease (over 50 years) 2,124 1,938 340 276 on medium-term lease (10–50 years) 7,865 5,569 1,282 1,005 on short-term lease (less than 10 years) 998 193 301 193

Subtotal 10,987 7,700 1,923 1,474

Total 20,271 17,142 1,923 1,474

22 Other assets

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Interest receivable (1) 62,820 54,188 57,194 49,288Accounts receivable and prepayments (2) 63,780 63,022 20,495 26,791Intangible assets (3) 3,979 3,119 3,746 2,898Land use rights (4) 8,840 9,239 8,101 8,471Repossessed assets (5) 1,171 1,124 847 834Goodwill (6) 1,982 1,796 – –Other 9,246 7,977 5,627 4,951

Total 151,818 140,465 96,010 93,233

2013 Annual Report203

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

22 Other assets (Continued)

(1) Interest receivable

As at 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Debt securities 28,305 25,705 25,003 22,823

Loans and advances to customers 24,047 21,850 22,660 20,524

Due from and placements with

and loans to banks,

other fi nancial institutions

and central banks 10,468 6,633 9,531 5,941

Total 62,820 54,188 57,194 49,288

The movements of interest receivable are as follows:

Year ended 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012As at 1 January 54,188 54,817 49,288 50,174

Accrued during the year 518,446 505,577 484,237 475,030

Received during the year (509,814) (506,206) (476,331) (475,916)

As at 31 December 62,820 54,188 57,194 49,288

2013 Annual Report 204

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

22 Other assets (Continued)

(2) Accounts receivable and prepayments

As at 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Accounts receivable and prepayments 65,890 65,098 22,546 28,784

Impairment allowance (2,110) (2,076) (2,051) (1,993)

Net value 63,780 63,022 20,495 26,791

Accounts receivable and prepayments mainly include items in the process of clearing and settlement. The analysis of

the aging of accounts receivable and prepayments is as follows:

Group

As at 31 December

2013 2012

Balance

Impairment

allowance Balance

Impairment

allowanceWithin 1 year 59,340 (124) 59,231 (159)

From 1 year to 3 years 1,988 (401) 1,469 (546)

Over 3 years 4,562 (1,585) 4,398 (1,371)

Total 65,890 (2,110) 65,098 (2,076)

Bank

As at 31 December

2013 2012

Balance

Impairment

allowance Balance

Impairment

allowanceWithin 1 year 18,377 (103) 25,074 (141)

From 1 year to 3 years 965 (400) 836 (540)

Over 3 years 3,204 (1,548) 2,874 (1,312)

Total 22,546 (2,051) 28,784 (1,993)

2013 Annual Report205

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

22 Other assets (Continued)

(3) Intangible assets

Year ended 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Cost

As at 1 January 6,148 4,944 5,575 4,457

Additions 1,781 1,234 1,669 1,126

Disposals (35) (31) (11) (9)

Exchange differences (22) 1 (7) 1

As at 31 December 7,872 6,148 7,226 5,575

Accumulated amortisation

As at 1 January (3,029) (2,342) (2,677) (2,051)

Amortisation charge (895) (702) (824) (634)

Disposals 15 16 15 9

Exchange differences 16 (1) 6 (1)

As at 31 December (3,893) (3,029) (3,480) (2,677)

Allowance for impairment losses

As at 1 January – – – –

Impairment losses – – – –

Disposals – – – –

Exchange differences – – – –

As at 31 December – – – –

Net book value

As at 1 January 3,119 2,602 2,898 2,406

As at 31 December 3,979 3,119 3,746 2,898

2013 Annual Report 206

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

22 Other assets (Continued)

(4) Land use rights

The carrying value of land use rights is analysed based on the remaining terms of the leases as follows:

As at 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Held outside Hong Kong

on long-term lease (over 50 years) 258 177 233 177

on medium-term lease (10–50 years) 7,927 8,866 7,213 8,098

on short-term lease (less than 10 years) 655 196 655 196

8,840 9,239 8,101 8,471

(5) Repossessed assets

The Group and the Bank obtained repossessed assets by taking possession of collateral held as security. Such

repossessed assets are as follows:

As at 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Commercial properties 1,281 1,265 859 843

Residential properties 177 136 83 80

Other 842 788 669 611

2,300 2,189 1,611 1,534

Allowance for impairment (1,129) (1,065) (764) (700)

Repossessed assets, net 1,171 1,124 847 834

The total book value of repossessed assets disposed of during the year ended 31 December 2013 amounted to

RMB263 million (2012: RMB180 million). The Group plans to dispose of the repossessed assets held at 31 December

2013 by auction, bidding or transfer.

2013 Annual Report207

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

22 Other assets (Continued)

(6) Goodwill

Group

Year ended 31 December

2013 2012As at 1 January 1,796 1,727

Addition through acquisition of subsidiaries 238 75

Decrease resulting from disposal of subsidiaries – –

Exchange differences (52) (6)

As at 31 December 1,982 1,796

The goodwill mainly arose from the acquisition of BOC Aviation Pte. Ltd. in 2006 amounting to USD241 million

(equivalent to RMB1,467 million).

23 Impairment allowance

Group

As at 1 January

2013 Additions

DecreaseExchange

differences

As at 31 December

2013ReversalWrite-off and

transfer outImpairment allowance — Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 203 18 (26) – – 195 — Loans and advances to customers (1) 154,656 63,750 (40,812) (8,868) (677) 168,049 — Investment securities — available for sale (Note V.17) 7,851 543 (278) (832) (271) 7,013 — held to maturity 306 1 (48) – (13) 246 — loans and receivables 65 – – – – 65 — Property and equipment 1,186 187 – (161) (5) 1,207 — Repossessed assets 1,065 101 (20) (11) (6) 1,129 — Land use rights 22 – – – – 22 — Accounts receivable and prepayments 2,076 921 (827) (32) (28) 2,110 — Other 357 7 (7) (20) (9) 328

Total 167,787 65,528 (42,018) (9,924) (1,009) 180,364

2013 Annual Report 208

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

23 Impairment allowance (Continued)

Group

As at 1 January

2012 Additions

DecreaseExchange

differences

As at 31 December

2012ReversalWrite-off and

transfer outImpairment allowance — Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 238 – (31) (4) – 203 — Loans and advances to customers (1) 139,676 52,490 (33,404) (3,906) (200) 154,656 — Investment securities — available for sale (Note V.17) 12,923 608 (451) (5,239) 10 7,851 — held to maturity 354 37 (76) (11) 2 306 — loans and receivables 75 – (2) (9) 1 65 — Property and equipment 1,047 157 – (18) – 1,186 — Repossessed assets 1,055 155 (63) (82) – 1,065 — Land use rights 22 – – – – 22 — Accounts receivable and prepayments 1,964 453 (494) 151 2 2,076 — Other 367 8 – (19) 1 357

Total 157,721 53,908 (34,521) (9,137) (184) 167,787

Bank

As at 1 January

2013 Additions

DecreaseExchange

differences

As at 31 December

2013ReversalWrite-off and

transfer outImpairment allowance — Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 203 18 (26) – – 195 — Loans and advances to customers (1) 151,038 62,386 (40,385) (8,569) (569) 163,901 — Investment securities — available for sale 3,565 39 (278) (699) (90) 2,537 — held to maturity 299 1 (44) – (13) 243 — loans and receivables 65 – – – – 65 — Property and equipment 1,017 – – (15) – 1,002 — Repossessed assets 700 101 (20) (11) (6) 764 — Land use rights 22 – – – – 22 — Accounts receivable and prepayments 1,993 879 (825) 29 (25) 2,051 — Other 7 3 (7) – – 3

Total 158,909 63,427 (41,585) (9,265) (703) 170,783

2013 Annual Report209

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

23 Impairment allowance (Continued)

Bank

As at 1 January

2012 Additions

DecreaseExchange

differences

As at 31 December

2012ReversalWrite-off and

transfer outImpairment allowance — Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 238 – (31) (4) – 203 — Loans and advances to customers (1) 136,652 51,309 (32,798) (3,920) (205) 151,038 — Investment securities — available for sale 9,100 76 (441) (5,135) (35) 3,565 — held to maturity 334 12 (49) – 2 299 — loans and receivables 75 – (2) (9) 1 65 — Property and equipment 1,027 7 – (17) – 1,017 — Repossessed assets 748 94 (62) (79) (1) 700 — Land use rights 22 – – – – 22 — Accounts receivable and prepayments 1,887 433 (492) 161 4 1,993 — Other – 7 – – – 7

Total 150,083 51,938 (33,875) (9,003) (234) 158,909

(1) Included within “Write-off and transfer out” on loans and advances to customers are amounts relating to loans

and advances written-off, transferred out, recovery of loans and advances written-off and unwind of discount on

allowance.

24 Due to banks and other fi nancial institutions

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Due to: Banks in Chinese mainland 485,457 828,892 447,967 794,338 Other fi nancial institutions in Chinese mainland 763,074 626,816 763,567 626,620 Banks in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions 243,331 96,602 218,661 87,626 Other fi nancial institutions in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions 59,762 882 70,621 8,274

Total (1) 1,551,624 1,553,192 1,500,816 1,516,858

(1) Included in the Bank’s due to banks and other fi nancial institutions are balances with the Bank’s subsidiaries (Note

V.42.8).

2013 Annual Report 210

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

25 Due to central banks

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Foreign exchange deposits 117,928 117,449 117,928 117,449Other 83,011 12,573 46,633 813

Total 200,939 130,022 164,561 118,262

26 Government certifi cates of indebtedness for bank notes issued and bank notes in circulation

Bank of China (Hong Kong) Limited (“BOCHK”) and Bank of China Macau Branch are note issuing banks for Hong Kong Dollar and Macau Pataca notes in Hong Kong and Macau, respectively. Under local regulations, these two entities are required to place deposits with the Hong Kong and Macau governments, respectively to secure the currency notes in circulation.

Bank notes in circulation represent the liabilities in respect of Hong Kong Dollar notes and Macau Pataca notes in circulation, issued respectively by BOCHK and Bank of China Macau Branch.

27 Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Placements from: Banks in Chinese mainland 93,444 152,442 83,766 141,721 Other fi nancial institutions in Chinese mainland 11,254 72,994 10,754 72,994 Banks in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions 208,988 81,965 237,450 89,677 Other fi nancial institutions in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions 25,579 5,603 30,064 8,724

Total (1) (2) 339,265 313,004 362,034 313,116

(1) Included in the Bank’s “Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions” are balances with the Bank’s

subsidiaries (Note V.42.8).

(2) Included in “Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions” are amounts received from counterparties under

repurchase agreements and collateral agreements as follows:

As at 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Repurchase debt securities (i) 71,360 69,461 68,989 69,389

(i) Debt securities used as collateral under repurchase agreements were principally government bonds and were

included in the amount disclosed under Note V.40.2.

2013 Annual Report211

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

28 Due to customers

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012At amortised costDemand deposits Corporate deposits 2,635,353 2,506,854 2,378,905 2,270,747 Personal deposits 1,835,753 1,634,545 1,474,907 1,276,431

Subtotal 4,471,106 4,141,399 3,853,812 3,547,178

Time deposits Corporate deposits 2,655,911 2,216,104 2,333,774 1,942,254 Personal deposits 2,517,922 2,373,145 2,309,127 2,165,991

Subtotal 5,173,833 4,589,249 4,642,901 4,108,245

Certifi cates of deposit 238,264 226,867 251,215 246,434Other deposits (1) 58,085 52,463 56,084 51,284

Total due to customers at amortised cost 9,941,288 9,009,978 8,804,012 7,953,141

At fair valueStructured deposits Corporate deposits 129,614 90,567 119,554 86,636 Personal deposits 26,884 73,450 23,955 71,297

Total due to customers at fair value (2) 156,498 164,017 143,509 157,933

Total due to customers (3) 10,097,786 9,173,995 8,947,521 8,111,074

(1) Included in other deposits are special purpose fundings, which represent long-term fundings provided in multiple

currencies from foreign governments and/or entities in the form of export credit, foreign government and other

subsidised credit. These special purpose fundings are normally used to fi nance projects with a special commercial

purpose in the PRC as determined by the foreign governments or entities and the Bank is obliged to repay these

fundings when they fall due.

As at 31 December 2013, the remaining maturity of special purpose fundings ranges from 31 days to 34 years. The

interest bearing special purpose fundings bear fl oating and fi xed interest rates ranging from 0.15% to 7.92% (31

December 2012: 0.15% to 7.59%). These terms are consistent with those related development loans granted to

customers.

(2) Due to customers measured at fair value are structured deposits designated at fair value through profi t or loss at

inception.

There were no signifi cant changes in the Group’s or the Bank’s credit risk and therefore there were no signifi cant

gains or losses attributable to changes in the Group’s or the Bank’s credit risk for these fi nancial liabilities designated

at fair value through profi t or loss during the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012.

(3) Due to customers include margin deposits for security received by the Group and the Bank as at 31 December

2013 of RMB438,174 million and RMB422,385 million, respectively (31 December 2012: RMB373,305 million and

RMB355,224 million).

2013 Annual Report 212

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

29 Bonds issued

As at 31 December

Issue

date

Maturity

date

Annual

interest rate

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Subordinated bonds issued

2005 RMB Debt Securities (1)

Second Tranche (fi xed rate) 18 February 2005 4 March 2020 5.18% 9,000 9,000 9,000 9,000

2009 RMB Debt Securities (2)

First Tranche (fi xed rate) 6 July 2009 8 July 2019 3.28% 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,000

6 July 2009 8 July 2024 4.00% 24,000 24,000 24,000 24,000

First Tranche (fl oating rate) 6 July 2009 8 July 2019

Floating

interest rate 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000

2010 RMB Debt Securities (3) 9 March 2010 11 March 2025 4.68% 24,930 24,930 24,930 24,930

2010 US Dollar Subordinated

notes issued by BOCHK 11 February 2010 11 February 2020 5.55% 15,276 17,503 – –

2011 RMB Debt Securities (4) 17 May 2011 19 May 2026 5.30% 32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000

2012 RMB Debt Securities (5) 27 November 2012 29 November 2022 4.70% 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000

27 November 2012 29 November 2027 4.99% 18,000 18,000 18,000 18,000

Subtotal (6) 144,206 146,433 128,930 128,930

Convertible bonds issued

2010 RMB Convertible Bond (7) 2 June 2010 2 June 2016

Step-up

interest rate 38,597 38,199 38,597 38,199

2013 Annual Report213

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

29 Bonds issued (Continued)

As at 31 December

Issue

date

Maturity

date

Annual

interest rate

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Other bonds issued

1994 US Dollar Debt Securities 10 March 1994 15 March 2014 8.25% 135 139 135 139

2010 RMB Debt Securities

issued in Hong Kong

Tranche B 30 September 2010 30 September 2013 2.90% – 2,521 – 2,800

2011 US Dollar Debt Securities

issued by BOCHK 8 November 2011 8 November 2016 3.75% 4,444 4,773 – –

2012 RMB Debt Securities

issued in Hong Kong (8) 23 July 2012 23 July 2015 3.10% 753 742 1,000 1,000

Other (9) 31,619 6,326 17,871 7,370

Subtotal 36,951 14,501 19,006 11,309

Interbank negotiable certifi cates of

deposit

2013 RMB NCD 001 (10) 12 December 2013 13 March 2014 – 4,950 – 4,950 –

Total bonds issued (11) 224,704 199,133 191,483 178,438

(1) The fi xed rate portion of the second tranche of the subordinated bonds issued on 18 February 2005 has a maturity

of 15 years, with a fi xed coupon rate of 5.18%, paid annually. The Bank has the option to redeem all or part of the

bonds at face value on 4 March 2015. If the Bank does not exercise this option, the coupon rate of the bonds for the

remaining 5-year period shall be the original coupon rate plus 3.00%, and shall remain fi xed until the maturity date.

(2) The subordinated bonds issued on 6 July 2009 comprise two fi xed rate portions and one fl oating rate portion.

The fi rst portion of fi xed rate bonds has a maturity of 10 years, with a fi xed coupon rate of 3.28%, paid annually.

The Bank has the option to early redeem all of the bonds at face value on 8 July 2014. If the Bank does not exercise

this option, the coupon rate of the bonds for the remaining 5-year period shall be the original coupon rate plus

3.00%, and shall remain fi xed until the maturity date.

The second portion of fi xed rate bonds has a maturity of 15 years, with a fi xed coupon rate of 4.00%, paid annually.

The Bank has the option to early redeem all of the bonds at face value on 8 July 2019. If the Bank does not exercise

this option, the coupon rate of the bonds for the remaining 5-year period shall be the original coupon rate plus

3.00%, and shall remain fi xed until the maturity date.

The fl oating rate bonds has a maturity of 10 years, with a fl oating rate based on the specifi ed 1-year deposit interest

rate published by the PBOC, paid annually. The Bank has the option to redeem all of the bonds at face value on 8

July 2014. If the Bank does not exercise this option, the fl oating rate for the remaining 5-year period shall be the

original fl oating rate plus 3.00%.

2013 Annual Report 214

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

29 Bonds issued (Continued)

(3) The subordinated bonds issued on 9 March 2010 have a maturity of 15 years, with a fi xed coupon rate of 4.68%,

paid annually. The Bank has the option to redeem all of the bonds at face value on 11 March 2020. If the Bank does

not exercise this option, the coupon rate of the bonds for the third 5-year period shall be the original coupon rate

plus 3.00%, and shall remain fi xed until the maturity date.

(4) The subordinated bonds issued on 17 May 2011, have a maturity of 15 years, with a fi xed coupon rate of 5.30%,

paid annually. The Bank is entitled to redeem all the subordinated bonds on the tenth anniversary. If the Bank does

not exercise this option, the coupon rate of the bonds for the remaining 5-year period shall remain fi xed at 5.30%.

(5) Two subordinated bonds issued on 27 November 2012 in the domestic interbank bond markets. The fi rst

subordinated bond has a maturity of 10 years, with a fi xed coupon rate of 4.70%, payable annually. The Bank is

entitled to redeem these bonds on the fi fth anniversary. If the Bank does not exercise this option, the coupon rate of

the bonds for the remaining 5-year period shall remain fi xed at 4.70%. The second subordinated bond has a maturity

of 15 years, with a fi xed coupon rate of 4.99%, payable annually. The Bank is entitled to redeem all these bonds

on the tenth anniversary. If the Bank does not exercise this option, the coupon rate of the bonds for the remaining

5-year period shall remain fi xed at 4.99%.

(6) Subordinated bonds are subordinated to all other claims on the assets of the Group, except those of the equity

holders.

(7) Pursuant to the approval by relevant PRC authorities, on 2 June 2010, the Bank issued A-share convertible bonds

with a total principal amount of RMB40 billion. The convertible bonds have a maturity term of six years from 2 June

2010 to 2 June 2016 and bear a fi xed interest rate of 0.50% for the fi rst year, with an annual increase of 0.30%

through the remaining term. The convertible bond holders may exercise their rights to convert the convertible bonds

into the Bank’s A shares at the stipulated conversion price during the period (“Conversion Period”) beginning six

months after the date of issuance until the maturity date. Within 5 trading days after maturity, the Bank shall redeem

the outstanding convertible bonds at 106% of par value, including interest for the sixth year.

During the Conversion Period, if the closing price of the Bank’s A Shares is not lower than or equal to 130% of the

prevailing conversion price in at least 15 trading days out of any 30 consecutive trading days, the Bank has the right

to redeem all or part of the outstanding convertible bonds at par value plus accrued interest on the fi rst day on which

the redemption criteria is met. This right may be exercised only once in any year. Subject to the Board approval,

the Bank also has the right to redeem all the convertible bonds at par value plus accrued interest should the total

outstanding amount be less than RMB30 million.

The conversion price of the convertible bonds will be adjusted, subject to terms and formulae provided for in the

bond contracts, to adjust for the dilutive effects of distributions of cash dividends and specifi ed increases in share

capital. During the term of the convertible bonds, if the closing price of the A Shares in 15 trading days out of

any 30 consecutive trading days is lower than 80% of the prevailing conversion price of the convertible bonds,

the Board may also propose downward adjustments to the conversion price for the Shareholders’ approval. During

the period from the date of issuance to 31 December 2013, the conversion price was adjusted from RMB4.02 per

share to RMB2.82 per share, as a result of paid cash dividends distribution, rights issue of A Share and H Share and

downward adjustment approved by the shareholders.

Interest paid by the Bank related to the convertible bonds was RMB440 million for the year ended 31 December 2013

(2012: RMB320 million).

2013 Annual Report215

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

29 Bonds issued (Continued)

The details of convertible bonds are as follows:

Group and Bank

Year ended 31 December

2013 2012Liability component as at 1 January 38,199 37,201

Accretion 996 998

Amounts converted to shares (i) (598) –

Liability component as at 31 December 38,597 38,199

(i) Convertible bonds with a principal amount of RMB612,561,000 (2012: RMB34,000) were converted into

217,209,172 share (2012: 9,686 share) ordinary A shares during the year ended 31 December 2013 as verifi ed

by PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP (Verifi cation Report PwC ZT YZ (2014) No.100, see Notes V.36.1).

(8) With the approval of the National Development and Reform Commission and the PBOC, the Bank issued RMB Bonds

listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited on 23 July 2012, with an aggregate principal amount of RMB1

billion and an original maturity of 3 years at a rate of 3.10% per annum.

(9) Others mainly comprised of commercial papers issued by the Bank’s overseas institutions, which due dates ranging

from 2014 to 2023.

(10) The RMB interbank negotiable certifi cates of deposit issued on 12 December 2013 in the domestic interbank market,

have a maturity term of three months. The RMB interbank negotiable certifi cates of deposit are issued at discount

with a circulation amount of RMB5 billion and face value of RMB100.

(11) During the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Group did not default on any principal, interest or

redemption amounts with respect to its bonds issued.

30 Other borrowings

These other borrowings relate to the fi nancing of the aircraft leasing business of BOC Aviation Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank. These other borrowings are secured by aircraft of the Group (Note V.20).

As at 31 December 2013, these other borrowings have a maturity ranging from 15 days to 12 years and bear fl oating and fi xed interest rates ranging from 0.51% to 2.78% (31 December 2012: 0.55% to 3.25%).

During the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Group did not default on any principal, interest or redemption amounts with respect to its other borrowings.

2013 Annual Report 216

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

31 Current tax liabilities

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Corporate Income Tax 33,625 28,435 30,575 26,531Business Tax 5,924 5,913 5,789 5,788City Construction and Maintenance Tax 396 395 392 392Education Surcharges 288 282 285 280Value-added Tax and other (202) (31) (268) (91)

Total 40,031 34,994 36,773 32,900

32 Retirement benefi t obligations

As at 31 December 2013, the actuarial liabilities existing in relation to the retirement benefi t obligations for employees who retired prior to 31 December 2003 and the early retirement obligations for employees who early retired were RMB2,429 million (31 December 2012: RMB2,530 million) and RMB2,386 million (31 December 2012: RMB3,112 million) respectively, using the projected unit credit method.

The movements of the net liabilities recognised in the statements of fi nancial position are as follows:

Group and Bank

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

As at 1 January 5,642 6,086Interest cost 181 185Net actuarial (gain)/loss recognised in the year (164) 294Benefi ts paid (844) (923)

As at 31 December 4,815 5,642

2013 Annual Report217

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

32 Retirement benefi t obligations (Continued)

Primary assumptions used:

Group and Bank

As at 31 December2013 2012

Discount rate — Normal retiree 4.56% 3.79% — Early retiree 4.50% 3.18%

Pension benefi t infl ation rate — Normal retiree 5.0%~4.0% 6.0%~4.0% — Early retiree 8.0%~4.0% 10.0%~4.0%

Medical benefi t infl ation rate 8.0% 8.0%

Retiring age — Male 60 60 — Female 50/55 50/55

Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are based on the China Life Insurance Mortality Table (published historical statistics in China).

As at 31 December 2013 and 2012, there was no signifi cant change in employee retirement benefi t obligations that was attributable to changes in actuarial assumptions.

33 Share appreciation rights plan

In November 2005, the Bank’s Board of Directors and equity holders approved and adopted a Share Appreciation Rights Plan under which eligible participants including directors, supervisors, management and other personnel designated by the Board, will be granted share appreciation rights, up to 25% of which will be exercisable each year beginning on the third anniversary date from the date of grant. The share appreciation rights will be valid for seven years from the date of grant. Eligible participants will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the average closing market price of the Bank’s H shares in the ten days prior to the date of grant and the average closing market price of the Bank’s H shares in the 12 months prior to the date of exercise as adjusted for any change in the Bank’s equity. The plan provides cash-settled share-based payment only and accordingly, no shares will be issued under the share appreciation rights plan.

No share appreciation rights were granted since the inception of the plan.

2013 Annual Report 218

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

34 Deferred income taxes

34.1 Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes are related to the same fi scal authority. The table below includes the deferred income tax assets and liabilities of the Group and the Bank after offsetting qualifying amounts and related temporary differences.

Group

As at 31 December2013 2012

Temporary difference

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Temporary difference

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Deferred income tax assets 86,518 22,928 80,481 21,292Deferred income tax liabilities (17,487) (3,385) (21,075) (3,838)

69,031 19,543 59,406 17,454

Bank

As at 31 December2013 2012

Temporary difference

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Temporary difference

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Deferred income tax assets 93,963 23,687 87,084 22,084Deferred income tax liabilities (628) (142) (916) (186)

93,335 23,545 86,168 21,898

2013 Annual Report219

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

34 Deferred income taxes (Continued)

34.2 Deferred income tax assets/(liabilities) and related temporary differences, before offsetting qualifying amounts, are attributable to the following items:

Group

As at 31 December2013 2012

Temporary difference

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Temporary difference

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Deferred income tax assetsAsset impairment allowances 91,594 22,961 89,120 22,339Pension, retirement benefi ts and salary payable 21,162 5,290 20,670 5,167Fair value changes of fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss and derivative fi nancial instruments 18,293 4,573 12,756 3,185Fair value changes of available for sale investment securities credited to equity 9,168 2,110 301 72Other temporary differences 4,049 918 3,521 864

Subtotal 144,266 35,852 126,368 31,627

Deferred income tax liabilitiesFair value changes of fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss and derivative fi nancial instruments (20,998) (5,250) (14,431) (3,614)Fair value changes of available for sale investment securities charged to equity (3,197) (821) (7,140) (1,491)Depreciation of property and equipment (9,944) (1,690) (8,975) (1,690)Revaluation of property and investment properties (10,848) (2,192) (9,010) (1,742)Other temporary differences (30,248) (6,356) (27,406) (5,636)

Subtotal (75,235) (16,309) (66,962) (14,173)

Net 69,031 19,543 59,406 17,454

As at 31 December 2013, deferred tax liabilities relating to temporary differences of RMB46,109 million associated with the Group’s investments in subsidiaries have not been recognised (31 December 2012: RMB38,902 million). See Note II.21.2.

2013 Annual Report 220

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

34 Deferred income taxes (Continued)

34.2 Deferred income tax assets/(liabilities) and related temporary differences, before offsetting qualifying amounts, are attributable to the following items (Continued):

Bank

As at 31 December2013 2012

Temporary difference

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Temporary difference

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Deferred income tax assetsAsset impairment allowances 88,384 22,335 86,342 21,820Pension, retirement benefi ts and salary payable 21,162 5,290 20,670 5,167Fair value changes of fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss and derivative fi nancial instruments 18,293 4,573 12,696 3,174Fair value changes of available for sale investment securities credited to equity 6,680 1,664 104 21Other temporary differences 1,265 319 1,146 288

Subtotal 135,784 34,181 120,958 30,470

Deferred income tax liabilitiesFair value changes of fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss and derivative fi nancial instruments (20,990) (5,248) (14,421) (3,611)Fair value changes of available for sale investment securities charged to equity (1,899) (493) (1,517) (391)Other temporary differences (19,560) (4,895) (18,852) (4,570)

Subtotal (42,449) (10,636) (34,790) (8,572)

Net 93,335 23,545 86,168 21,898

2013 Annual Report221

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

34 Deferred income taxes (Continued)

34.3 The movements of the deferred income tax account are as follows:

Year ended 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012As at 1 January 17,454 16,298 21,898 19,524Credited/(charged) to the income statement (Note V.9) (366) 2,025 170 2,476Credited/(charged) to equity 2,669 (855) 1,502 (108)Other (214) (14) (25) 6

As at 31 December 19,543 17,454 23,545 21,898

34.4 The deferred income tax charge in the income statement comprises the following temporary differences:

Year ended 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Asset impairment allowances 622 1,321 515 1,295Fair value changes of fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss and derivative fi nancial instruments (248) 810 (238) 802Pension, retirement benefi ts and salary payable 162 257 162 257Other temporary differences (902) (363) (269) 122

Total (366) 2,025 170 2,476

2013 Annual Report 222

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

35 Other liabilities

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Items in the process of clearance and settlement 27,653 29,918 16,257 22,464Interest payable (1) 132,052 107,486 129,872 105,450Insurance liabilities — Life insurance contracts 52,390 43,732 – – — Non-life insurance contracts 7,202 5,877 – –Salary and welfare payables (2) 24,929 23,191 22,895 21,212Provision (3) 2,139 2,091 1,859 1,777Short position in debt securities 7,681 14,061 – –Deferred Income 8,342 4,398 8,139 4,307Other (4) 39,891 37,264 18,737 17,154

Total 302,279 268,018 197,759 172,364

(1) Interest payable

As at 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012

Due to customers 118,035 94,379 115,654 92,173

Due to and placements from

banks and other fi nancial institutions 9,553 9,217 10,159 9,754

Bonds issued and other 4,464 3,890 4,059 3,523

Total 132,052 107,486 129,872 105,450

The movements of interest payable are as follows:

Year ended 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012As at 1 January 107,486 75,352 105,450 73,809

Accrued during the year 235,410 249,564 226,235 241,156

Paid during the year (210,844) (217,430) (201,813) (209,515)

As at 31 December 132,052 107,486 129,872 105,450

2013 Annual Report223

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

35 Other liabilities (Continued)

(2) Salary and welfare payables

Group

As at

1 January

2013 Accrual Payment

As at

31 December

2013Salary, bonus and subsidy 20,203 51,327 (49,864) 21,666

Staff welfare – 2,293 (2,293) –

Social insurance, including:

Medical 557 2,604 (2,547) 614

Pension 83 5,608 (5,577) 114

Annuity 282 1,569 (1,850) 1

Unemployment 4 419 (419) 4

Injury at work 1 145 (145) 1

Maternity insurance 2 181 (181) 2

Housing funds 25 4,462 (4,454) 33

Labour union fee and staff education fee 1,889 1,882 (1,456) 2,315

Reimbursement for cancellation of labour contract 24 14 (26) 12

Other 121 2,077 (2,031) 167

Total (i) 23,191 72,581 (70,843) 24,929

As at

1 January

2012 Accrual Payment

As at

31 December

2012Salary, bonus and subsidy 17,822 47,629 (45,248) 20,203

Staff welfare – 2,009 (2,009) –

Social insurance, including:

Medical 463 2,311 (2,217) 557

Pension 59 4,876 (4,852) 83

Annuity – 1,380 (1,098) 282

Unemployment 7 390 (393) 4

Injury at work 1 125 (125) 1

Maternity insurance 1 154 (153) 2

Housing funds 20 3,891 (3,886) 25

Labour union fee and staff education fee 1,447 1,838 (1,396) 1,889

Reimbursement for cancellation of labour contract 19 25 (20) 24

Other 99 1,888 (1,866) 121

Total (i) 19,938 66,516 (63,263) 23,191

2013 Annual Report 224

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

35 Other liabilities (Continued)

(2) Salary and welfare payables (Continued)

Bank

As at

1 January

2013 Accrual Payment

As at

31 December

2013Salary, bonus and subsidy 18,254 43,495 (42,073) 19,676

Staff welfare – 2,090 (2,090) –

Social insurance, including:

Medical 556 2,595 (2,539) 612

Pension 80 5,587 (5,556) 111

Annuity 282 1,569 (1,850) 1

Unemployment 4 417 (417) 4

Injury at work 1 145 (145) 1

Maternity insurance 2 180 (180) 2

Housing funds 23 4,448 (4,439) 32

Labour union fee and staff education fee 1,883 1,855 (1,435) 2,303

Reimbursement for cancellation of labour contract 24 10 (22) 12

Other 103 918 (880) 141

Total (i) 21,212 63,309 (61,626) 22,895

As at

1 January

2012 Accrual Payment

As at

31 December

2012Salary, bonus and subsidy 16,385 40,016 (38,147) 18,254

Staff welfare – 1,829 (1,829) –

Social insurance, including:

Medical 461 2,306 (2,211) 556

Pension 56 4,864 (4,840) 80

Annuity – 1,380 (1,098) 282

Unemployment 7 389 (392) 4

Injury at work 1 125 (125) 1

Maternity insurance 1 153 (152) 2

Housing funds 18 3,884 (3,879) 23

Labour union fee and staff education fee 1,444 1,823 (1,384) 1,883

Reimbursement for cancellation of labour contract 19 16 (11) 24

Other 89 809 (795) 103

Total (i) 18,481 57,594 (54,863) 21,212

(i) There was no overdue payment for staff salary and welfare payables as at 31 December 2013 and 2012.

2013 Annual Report225

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

35 Other liabilities (Continued)

(3) Provision

As at 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Allowance for litigation losses (Note V.40.1) 738 746 731 709

Other 1,401 1,345 1,128 1,068

Total 2,139 2,091 1,859 1,777

Provision movements:

Year ended 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012As at 1 January 2,091 2,396 1,777 2,087

Provision/(reversal) for the year, net 151 (284) 155 (245)

Utilised during the year (103) (21) (73) (65)

As at 31 December 2,139 2,091 1,859 1,777

(4) Other

Other includes fi nance lease payments which are principally related to aircraft held by BOC Aviation Pte. Ltd. under

fi nance lease.

As at 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Within 1 year (inclusive) 52 49 – –

1 year to 2 years (inclusive) 52 49 – –

2 years to 3 years (inclusive) 53 50 – –

Over 3 years 246 301 – –

Total minimum rental payments 403 449 – –

Unrecognised fi nance charge (40) (34) – –

Finance lease payments, net 363 415 – –

2013 Annual Report 226

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

36 Share capital, capital reserve and treasury shares

36.1 Share capital and capital reserve

For the year ended 31 December 2013, the movement of the Bank’s share capital was as follows:

Unit: Share

Domestic listed A shares, par

value RMB1.00 per share

Overseas listed H shares, par

value RMB1.00 per share Total

As at 1 January 2013 195,525,066,870 83,622,276,395 279,147,343,265Increase as a result of conversion of convertible bonds (Note V.29) 217,209,172 – 217,209,172

As at 31 December 2013 195,742,276,042 83,622,276,395 279,364,552,437

All A shares and H shares rank pari passu with the same rights and benefi ts.

As at 31 December 2013, capital reserve included capital surplus on issuance of ordinary shares of RMB110,974 million (31 December 2012: RMB110,525 million).

36.2 Treasury shares

A wholly owned subsidiary of the Group holds certain listed shares of the Bank in relation to its derivative and arbitrage business. These shares are treated as treasury shares, a deduction from equity holders’ equity. Gains and losses on sale or redemption of the treasury shares are credited or charged to equity. The total number of treasury shares as at 31 December 2013 was approximately 10.13 million (31 December 2012: approximately 5.17 million).

2013 Annual Report227

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

37 Statutory reserves, general and regulatory reserves and undistributed profi ts

37.1 Statutory reserves

Under relevant PRC laws, the Bank is required to transfer 10% of its net profi t to a non-distributable statutory surplus reserves. Appropriation to the statutory surplus reserves may cease when the balance of such reserves has reached 50% of the share capital. Subject to the approval of the equity holders, the statutory surplus reserves can be used for replenishing the accumulated losses or increasing the Bank’s share capital. The statutory surplus reserves amount used to increase the share capital is limited to a level where the balance of the statutory surplus reserves after such capitalisation is not less than 25% of the share capital.

In accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors dated 26 March 2014, the Bank appropriated 10% of the net profi t for the year ended 31 December 2013 to the statutory surplus reserves, amounting to RMB14,641 million (2012: RMB13,062 million).

In addition, some operations in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions are required to transfer certain percentages of their net profi ts to the statutory surplus reserves as stipulated by local banking authorities.

37.2 General and regulatory reserves

Pursuant to Caijin [2012] No. 20 “Requirements on Impairment Allowance for Financial Institutions” (“Requirement”), issued by the MOF, in addition to the impairment allowance, the Bank establishes a general reserve within the equity holders’ equity through the appropriation of profi t to address unidentifi ed potential impairment losses. The general reserve should not be less than 1.5% of the aggregate amount of risk assets as defi ned by the Requirement, and the minimum threshold can be accumulated over a period of no more than fi ve years.

In accordance with a resolution dated 26 March 2014 and on the basis of the Bank’s profi t for the year ended 31 December 2013, the Board of Directors of the Bank approved the appropriation of RMB11,756 million (2012: RMB50,148 million) to the general reserve for the year ended 31 December 2013.

The regulatory reserve mainly refers to the reserve amount set aside by BOC Hong Kong (Group) Limited (“BOCHK Group”), a subsidiary of the Group, for general banking risks, including future losses or other unforeseeable risks. As at 31 December 2013 and 2012, the reserve amount set aside by BOCHK Group was RMB5,653 million and RMB4,985 million, respectively.

2013 Annual Report 228

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

37 Statutory reserves, general and regulatory reserves and undistributed profi ts (Continued)

37.3 Dividends

A dividend of RMB48,851 million in respect of the profi t for the year ended 31 December 2012 was approved by the equity holders of the Bank at the Annual General Meeting held on 29 May 2013 and was distributed during the year.

A dividend of RMB0.196 per share in respect of profi t for the year ended 31 December 2013 (2012: RMB0.175 per share), amounting to a total dividend of RMB54,755 million based on the number of shares issued as at 31 December 2013 will be proposed for approval at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 12 June 2014. The actual amount of dividend payable will factor in ordinary shares issued in respect of conversion of convertible bonds after 31 December 2013 to the ex-dividend date. These fi nancial statements do not refl ect this dividend payable in liabilities.

37.4 Profi t attributable to the equity holders of the Bank

The profi t attributable to equity holders of the Bank for the year ended 31 December 2013 was recognised in the fi nancial statements of the Bank to the extent of RMB146,414 million (2012: RMB130,841 million).

38 Reserve for fair value changes of available for sale securities

Year ended 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012As at 1 January 7,276 3,642 1,099 604Net changes in fair value (8,348) 5,833 (6,188) 1,868Share of associates’ reserve for fair value changes of available for sale securities (16) (33) – –Net impairment charge/(reversal) transferred to the income statement 265 158 (239) (365)Net fair value changes transferred to the income statement on de-recognition (580) (2,182) (379) (1,478)Deferred income taxes 2,408 (739) 1,541 (177)Other 647 597 647 647

As at 31 December 1,652 7,276 (3,519) 1,099

2013 Annual Report229

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

39 Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests of the subsidiaries of the Group are as follows:

As at 31 December2013 2012

BOC Hong Kong (Group) Limited 34,563 34,273Tai Fung Bank Limited 1,982 1,795Other 1,016 797

Total 37,561 36,865

40 Contingent liabilities and commitments

40.1 Legal proceedings and arbitrations

As at 31 December 2013, the Group was involved in certain legal proceedings and arbitrations arising from its normal business operations. In addition, in terms of the range and scale of its international operations, the Group may face a wide variety of legal proceedings within different jurisdictions, including sensitive issues related to anti-money laundering. As at 31 December 2013, provisions of RMB738 million (31 December 2012: RMB746 million) were made based on court judgements or the advice of counsel (Note V.35). After consulting legal professionals, senior management of the Group believes that at the current stage these legal proceedings and arbitrations will not have a material impact on the fi nancial position or operations of the Group.

40.2 Assets pledged

Assets pledged by the Group as collateral for placement, repurchase, short positions, derivative transactions with other banks and fi nancial institutions and for local statutory requirements are set forth in the table below. These transactions are conducted under standard and normal business terms.

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Debt securities 101,181 156,784 88,871 141,508Bills 2,071 885 2,052 813

Total 103,252 157,669 90,923 142,321

40.3 Collateral accepted

The Group and the Bank accept securities collateral that are permitted to sell or re-pledge in connection with reverse repurchase agreements with banks and other fi nancial institutions. As at 31 December 2013, the fair value of collateral received from banks and other fi nancial institutions accepted by the Group and the Bank amounted to RMB9,065 million and RMB8,993 million respectively (31 December 2012: RMB9,831 million and RMB9,821 million for the Group and the Bank respectively). As at 31 December 2013, the Group had sold or re-pledged such collateral accepted amounted to RMB17 million, none for the Bank (31 December 2012: RMB10 million for the Group and none for the Bank). These transactions are conducted under standard terms in the normal course of business.

2013 Annual Report 230

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

40 Contingent liabilities and commitments (Continued)

40.4 Capital commitments

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Property and equipment Contracted but not provided for 66,445 70,044 3,809 5,061 Authorised but not contracted for 6,149 8,124 6,081 7,973Intangible assets Contracted but not provided for 683 650 580 595 Authorised but not contracted for 16 1 6 –

Total 73,293 78,819 10,476 13,629

40.5 Operating leases

(1) Operating lease commitments — As lessee

Under irrevocable operating lease contracts, the future minimum lease payments that should be paid by the Group and the Bank are summarised as follows:

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Within 1 year 5,399 8,003 4,565 7,214Between 1 and 2 years 4,526 4,115 3,903 3,577Between 2 and 3 years 3,517 3,363 3,141 3,001Over 3 years 9,498 8,698 8,718 7,860

Total 22,940 24,179 20,327 21,652

(2) Operating lease commitments — As lessor

The Group acts as lessor in operating leases principally through aircraft leasing undertaken by its subsidiary BOC Aviation Pte. Ltd. Under irrevocable operating lease contracts, as at 31 December 2013, the minimum lease payments which will be received by the Group under the operating leases for existing aircraft and aircraft yet to be delivered amounted to RMB6,171 million not later than one year (31 December 2012: RMB5,228 million), RMB22,653 million later than one year and not later than fi ve years (31 December 2012: RMB23,390 million) and RMB20,107 million later than fi ve years (31 December 2012: RMB24,886 million).

2013 Annual Report231

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

40 Contingent liabilities and commitments (Continued)

40.6 Treasury bonds redemption commitments

The Bank is entrusted by the MOF to underwrite certain Treasury bonds. The investors of these Treasury bonds have a right to redeem the bonds at any time prior to maturity and the Bank is committed to redeem these Treasury bonds. The MOF will not provide funding for the early redemption of these Treasury bonds on a back-to-back basis but will pay interest and repay the principal at maturity. The redemption price is the principal value of the bonds plus unpaid interest in accordance with the early redemption arrangement.

As at 31 December 2013, the outstanding principal value of the Treasury bonds sold by the Bank under obligation to redeem prior to maturity amounted to RMB32,561 million (31 December 2012: RMB35,050 million). The original maturities of these Treasury bonds vary from 3 to 5 years and management expects the amount of redemption before the maturity dates of these bonds through the Bank will not be material.

40.7 Credit commitments

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Loan commitments (1)

— with an original maturity of under 1 year 63,800 79,689 57,013 60,325 — with an original maturity of 1 year or over 589,427 645,725 520,526 588,111Letters of guarantee issued (2) 846,497 791,156 856,311 802,214Bank bill acceptance 465,496 396,460 458,266 391,008Accepted bill of exchange under letters of credit 309,959 203,106 299,414 195,465Letters of credit issued 198,079 176,337 166,579 148,573Other 26,552 25,032 31,628 27,629

Total (3) 2,499,810 2,317,505 2,389,737 2,213,325

(1) Loan commitments mainly represent undrawn loan facilities agreed and granted to customers. Unconditionally

revocable loan commitments and undrawn credit card limits are not included in loan commitments. As at

31 December 2013, the unconditionally revocable loan commitments and undrawn credit card limits of

the Group and the Bank amounted to RMB627,302 million and RMB337,378 million (31 December 2012:

RMB517,019 million and RMB256,932 million) respectively.

(2) Letters of guarantee issued include fi nancial guarantees and performance guarantees. These obligations on the

Group to make payment are dependent on the outcome of a future event.

2013 Annual Report 232

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

40 Contingent liabilities and commitments (Continued)

40.7 Credit commitments (Continued)

(3) Risk-weighted assets for credit risk of credit commitments

The risk-weighted assets for credit risk of the Group and the Bank as at 31 December 2013 were calculated

in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) promulgated by the CBRC. The

amounts are determined by the creditworthiness of the counterparties, the maturity characteristics of each

type of contract and other factors. Regulation Governing Capital Adequacy of Commercial Banks and relevant

requirements promulgated by the CBRC were followed when calculating the risk-weighted assets for credit risk

of the Group and the Bank as at 31 December 2012.

As at 31 December

Group Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012

Credit commitments 981,223 754,824 942,635 735,117

40.8 Underwriting obligations

As at 31 December 2013, the fi rm commitment in underwriting securities of the Group amounted to RMB169 million (31 December 2012: RMB17 million).

41 Note to the consolidated statement of cash fl ows

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash fl ows, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following balances with an original maturity of less than three months:

Group

As at 31 December2013 2012

Cash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 280,572 353,687Balances with central banks 503,426 446,763Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 335,440 216,383Short term bills and notes 31,128 55,450

Total 1,150,566 1,072,283

42 Related party transactions

42.1 CIC was established on 29 September 2007 with registered capital of RMB1,550 billion. CIC is a wholly State-owned company engaging in foreign currency investment management. The Group is subject to the control of the State Council of the PRC government through CIC and its wholly owned subsidiary, Huijin.

The Group enters into banking transactions with CIC in the normal course of its business at commercial terms.

2013 Annual Report233

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

42 Related party transactions (Continued)

42.2 Transactions with Huijin and companies under Huijin

(1) General information of Huijin

Central Huijin Investment Ltd.

Legal representative DING XuedongRegistered capital RMB828,209 millionLocation of registration BeijingCapital shares in the Bank 67.72%Voting rights in the Bank 67.72%Nature Wholly State-owned companyPrincipal activities Investment in major State-owned fi nancial

institutions on behalf of the State Council; other related businesses approved by the State Council.

National organisation code 71093296-1

(2) Transactions with Huijin

The Group enters into banking transactions with Huijin in the normal course of its business at commercial terms.

Due to Huijin

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

As at 1 January 28,036 15,933Received during the year 49,653 55,023Repaid during the year (42,688) (42,920)

As at 31 December 35,001 28,036

Bonds issued by Huijin

As at 31 December 2013, the Bank held “government backed bonds held to maturity” issued by Huijin in the carrying value of RMB5,790 million (31 December 2012: RMB5,749 million). These bonds have maturity of not more than 30 years and bear fi xed interest rates, payable annually. Purchasing of these bonds was in the ordinary course of business of the Group, complying with requirements of related regulations and corporate governance.

2013 Annual Report 234

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

42 Related party transactions (Continued)

42.2 Transactions with Huijin and companies under Huijin (Continued)

(3) Transactions with companies under Huijin

Companies under Huijin include its equity interests in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in certain other bank and non-bank entities in the PRC. The Group enters into banking transactions with these companies in the normal course of business at commercial terms which include mainly purchase and sale of debt securities, money market transactions and derivative transactions.

The Group’s outstanding balances and related interest rate ranges with these companies were as follows:

As at 31 December2013 2012

Due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 44,427 108,139Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 116,614 99,286Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss and investment securities 228,561 216,367Derivative fi nancial assets 792 996Loans and advances to customers 7,403 1,649Due to banks and other fi nancial institutions (176,388) (244,237)Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions (64,824) (50,595)Derivative fi nancial liabilities (808) (722)Credit commitments 554 549

As at 31 December2013 2012

Interest rate ranges at the end of the year Due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 0.00%–9.00% 0.00%–6.16% Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 0.11%–7.50% 0.02%–7.40% Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss and investment securities 0.60%–7.15% 0.79%–6.38% Loans and advances to customers 1.60%–7.77% 4.90%–6.70% Due to banks and other fi nancial institutions 0.00%–7.28% 0.00%–5.90% Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions 0.03%–9.50% 0.12%–6.40%

2013 Annual Report235

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

42 Related party transactions (Continued)

42.3 Transactions with government authorities, agencies, affi liates and other State controlled

entities

The State Council of the PRC government directly and indirectly controls a signifi cant number of entities through its government authorities, agencies, affi liates and other State-controlled entities. The Group enters into extensive banking transactions with these entities in the normal course of business at commercial terms.

Transactions conducted with government authorities, agencies, affi liates and other State-controlled entities include purchase and redemption of investment securities issued by government agencies, underwriting and distribution of Treasury bonds issued by government agencies through the Group’s branch network, foreign exchange transactions and derivative transactions, lending, provision of credit and guarantees and deposit placing and taking.

42.4 Transactions with associates and joint ventures

The Group enters into banking transactions with associates and joint ventures in the normal course of business at commercial terms. These include loans and advances, deposit taking and other normal banking businesses. The main outstanding balances with associates and joint ventures are stated below:

As at 31 December2013 2012

Loans and advances to customers 624 711Due to customers, banks and other fi nancial institutions (3,386) (3,384)Credit commitments 1,405 1,414

2013 Annual Report 236

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

42 Related party transactions (Continued)

42.4 Transactions with associates and joint ventures (Continued)

The general information of principal associates and joint ventures is as follows:

Name

Place of incorporation/establishment

National organisation

codeEffective

equity heldVoting

rightPaid-in capital Principal business

(%) (%) (in millions)Huaneng International Power Development Corporation

PRC 60000324-8 20.00 20.00 USD450 Power plant operations

BOC International (China) Limited PRC 73665036-4 37.14 37.14 RMB1,979 Securities brokerage; securities investment consulting; fi nancial advisory services

related to securities trading and securities investment activities; securities underwriting and sponsorship; securities

proprietary business; securities asset management; securities investment

fund sales agency; margin fi nancing and securities lending; distribution of fi nancial

products

CGN Phase I Private Equity Fund Company Limited

PRC 71782747-8 20.00 20.00 RMB100 Investment

Guangdong Small and Medium Enterprises Equity Investment Fund Company Limited

PRC 56456896-1 40.00 40.00 RMB1,600 Investment

Hong Kong Bora Holdings Limited Hong Kong NA 19.50 Note (1) HKD0.01 Investment holding

Farun Glass Industry Company Limited PRC 74942101-8 11.30 Note (1) RMB458 Production, sale, agents and trade of special glass, fl oat glass and

deep processing glass products

Hubei Zhongqi Investment and Guarantee Company Limited

PRC 77076550-1 33.76 33.76 RMB936 Loan guarantees, fi nancial guarantees

JCC Financial Company Limited PRC 79478975-1 12.65 Note (1) RMB300 Provide fi nancial services for all subsidiaries of JCC Corporation

Guangdong Haomei Aluminum Company Limited

PRC 76573427-6 12.35 Note (1) USD13 Aluminum material production, manufacture and sales

Silver Union Investments Limited Cayman NA 70.00 70.00 USD30 Investment holding

(1) In accordance with the respective articles of association, the Group has signifi cant infl uence over these

companies.

42.5 Transactions with the Annuity Plan

Apart from the obligations for defi ned contributions to Annuity Fund and normal banking transactions, no other transactions were conducted between the Group and the Annuity Fund for the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012.

2013 Annual Report237

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

42 Related party transactions (Continued)

42.6 Transactions with key management personnel

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including Directors and Executive Offi cers.

The Group enters into banking transactions with key management personnel in the normal course of business. During the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, there were no material transactions and balances with key management personnel on an individual basis.

The key management compensation for the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012 comprises:

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Compensation for short-term employment benefi ts (1) 17 26Compensation for post-employment benefi ts 1 1

Total 18 27

(1) The total compensation package for these key management personnel for the year ended 31 December 2013

has not yet been fi nalised in accordance with regulations of the PRC relevant authorities. The amount of the

compensation not provided for is not expected to have signifi cant impact on the Group’s and the Bank’s 2013

fi nancial statements. The fi nal compensation will be disclosed in a separate announcement when determined.

42.7 Transactions with Connected Natural Persons

Connected natural persons are defi ned in compliance with the Administration of Connected Transactions between Commercial Banks and Their Insiders and Shareholders formulated by CBRC and the Administrative Measures for the Disclosure of Information of Listed Companies formulated by China Securities Regulatory Commission, including directors, supervisors and senior management members of the Bank, etc.

As at 31 December 2013, the Bank’s balance of loans to the above-mentioned two types of connected natural persons amounted to RMB109 million.

42.8 Balances with subsidiaries

Included in the following captions of the Bank’s statement of fi nancial position are balances with subsidiaries:

As at 31 December2013 2012

Due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 23,407 22,035Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 43,793 52,891Due to banks and other fi nancial institutions (74,474) (43,270)Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions (62,134) (24,679)

2013 Annual Report 238

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

42 Related party transactions (Continued)

42.8 Balances with subsidiaries (Continued)

The general information of principal subsidiaries is as follows:

Name

Place of

incorporation

and operation

Date of

incorporation/

establishment Paid-in capital

Effective

equity

held

Voting

right Principal business

(in millions) (%) (%)Directly held

BOC Hong Kong (Group) Limited Hong Kong 12 September 2001 HKD34,806 100.00 100.00 Holding company

BOC International Holdings Limited (3) Hong Kong 10 July 1998 HKD3,539 100.00 100.00 Investment banking

Bank of China Group Insurance Company Limited Hong Kong 23 July 1992 HKD3,749 100.00 100.00 Insurance services

Bank of China Group Investment Limited Hong Kong 18 May 1993 HKD34,052 100.00 100.00 Investment holding

Tai Fung Bank Limited Macau 1942 MOP1,000 50.31 50.31 Commercial banking

Bank of China (UK) Limited United Kingdom 24 September 2007 GBP250 100.00 100.00 Commercial banking

BOC Insurance Company Limited Beijing 5 January 2005 RMB3,035 100.00 100.00 Insurance services

Indirectly held

BOC Hong Kong (Holdings) Limited (1) Hong Kong 12 September 2001 HKD52,864 66.06 66.06 Holding company

Bank of China (Hong Kong) Limited (2) (3) Hong Kong 16 October 1964 HKD43,043 66.06 100.00 Commercial banking

Nanyang Commercial Bank, Limited (3) Hong Kong 2 February 1948 HKD700 66.06 100.00 Commercial banking

Chiyu Banking Corporation Limited (2) (3) Hong Kong 24 April 1947 HKD300 46.57 70.49 Commercial banking

BOC Credit Card (International) Limited Hong Kong 9 September 1980 HKD480 66.06 100.00 Credit card services

BOC Group Trustee Company Limited (3) Hong Kong 1 December 1997 HKD200 76.43 100.00 Provision of trustee

services

BOC Aviation Pte. Ltd. Singapore 25 November 1993 USD608 100.00 100.00 Aircraft leasing

2013 Annual Report239

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

42 Related party transactions (Continued)

42.8 Balances with subsidiaries (Continued)

(1) BOCHK (Holdings) is listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

(2) BOCHK, in which the Group holds a 66.06% equity interest, holds 70.49% of the equity interest of Chiyu

Banking Corporation Limited.

(3) BOCHK, Nanyang Commercial Bank Limited, Chiyu Banking Corporation Limited and BOC International

Holdings Limited (“BOCI”), in which the Group holds 66.06%, 66.06%, 46.57% and 100% of their equity

interests, respectively, hold 54%, 6%, 6% and 34% equity interest of BOC Group Trustee Company Limited,

respectively.

For certain subsidiaries listed above, the voting rights ratio is not equal to the effective equity held ratio, mainly due to the impact of the indirect holdings.

43 Segment reporting

The Group manages the business from both geographic and business perspectives. From the geographic perspective, the Group operates in three principal regions: Chinese mainland, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan, and other countries and regions. From the business perspective, the Group provides services through six main business segments: corporate banking, personal banking, treasury operations, investment banking, insurance and other operations.

Measurement of segment assets, liabilities, income, expenses, results and capital expenditure is based on the Group’s accounting policies. The segment information presented includes items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Funding is provided to and from individual business segments through treasury operations as part of the asset and liability management process. The pricing of these transactions is based on market rates. The transfer price takes into account the specifi c features and maturities of the product. Internal transactions are eliminated on consolidation.

2013 Annual Report 240

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

43 Segment reporting (Continued)

Geographical segments

Chinese mainland — Corporate banking, personal banking, treasury operations, insurance services, etc. are performed in the Chinese mainland.

Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan — Corporate banking, personal banking, treasury operations, investment banking and insurance services are performed in Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan. The business of this segment is centralised in BOCHK Group.

Other countries and regions — Corporate and personal banking services are provided in other countries and regions. Signifi cant locations include New York, London, Singapore and Tokyo.

Business segments

Corporate banking — Services to corporate customers, government authorities and fi nancial institutions including current accounts, deposits, overdrafts, loans, trade-related products and other credit facilities, foreign currency, derivative products and wealth management products.

Personal banking — Services to retail customers including savings deposits, personal loans, credit cards and debit cards, payments and settlements, wealth management products and funds and insurance agency services.

Treasury operations — Consisting of foreign exchange transactions, customer-based interest rate and foreign exchange derivative transactions, money market transactions, proprietary trading and asset and liability management. The results of this segment include the inter-segment funding income and expenses, results from interest bearing assets and liabilities; and foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Investment banking — Consisting of debt and equity underwriting and fi nancial advisory, sales and trading of securities, stock brokerage, investment research and asset management services, and private equity investment services.

Insurance — Underwriting of general and life insurance business and insurance agency services.

Other operations of the Group comprise investment holding and other miscellaneous activities, none of which constitutes a separately reportable segment.

2013 Annual Report241

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

43 Segment reporting (Continued)

The Group as at and for the year ended 31 December 2013

Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan

Elimination TotalChinese

mainlandBOCHK Group Other Subtotal

Other countries

and regionsInterest income 465,883 32,323 14,103 46,426 21,752 (15,066) 518,995Interest expense (220,585) (9,611) (9,408) (19,019) (10,872) 15,066 (235,410)

Net interest income 245,298 22,712 4,695 27,407 10,880 – 283,585

Fee and commission income 71,550 9,681 4,740 14,421 4,444 (1,830) 88,585Fee and commission expense (2,330) (2,988) (870) (3,858) (1,409) 1,104 (6,493)

Net fee and commission income 69,220 6,693 3,870 10,563 3,035 (726) 82,092

Net trading gains 5,218 1,668 864 2,532 (568) 1 7,183Net gains on investment securities 286 93 78 171 137 – 594Other operating income (1) 16,594 8,551 8,714 17,265 255 (59) 34,055

Operating income 336,616 39,717 18,221 57,938 13,739 (784) 407,509Operating expenses (1) (144,523) (16,468) (8,225) (24,693) (3,886) 788 (172,314)Impairment losses on assets (20,562) (584) (1,311) (1,895) (1,053) – (23,510)

Operating profi t 171,531 22,665 8,685 31,350 8,800 4 211,685Share of results of associates and joint ventures – 2 1,090 1,092 – – 1,092

Profi t before income tax 171,531 22,667 9,775 32,442 8,800 4 212,777

Income tax expense (49,036)

Profi t for the year 163,741

Segment assets 11,082,460 1,577,423 813,479 2,390,902 1,441,923 (1,054,354) 13,860,931Investment in associates and joint ventures – 47 13,321 13,368 – – 13,368

Total assets 11,082,460 1,577,470 826,800 2,404,270 1,441,923 (1,054,354) 13,874,299

Include: non-current assets (2) 96,998 21,071 77,133 98,204 5,256 (161) 200,297

Segment liabilities 10,328,324 1,476,087 754,764 2,230,851 1,407,841 (1,054,194) 12,912,822

Other segment items: Intersegment net interest (expense)/income (7,828) 1,740 5,132 6,872 956 – – Intersegment net fee and commission income 111 130 677 807 (192) (726) – Capital expenditure 15,495 863 18,112 18,975 274 – 34,744 Depreciation and amortisation 12,101 785 2,563 3,348 241 – 15,690 Credit commitments 2,393,319 123,240 97,274 220,514 225,477 (339,500) 2,499,810

2013 Annual Report 242

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

43 Segment reporting (Continued)

The Group as at and for the year ended 31 December 2012

Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan

Elimination TotalChinese

mainlandBOCHK Group Other Subtotal

Other countries

and regionsInterest income 458,412 29,648 9,869 39,517 18,952 (10,353) 506,528Interest expense (233,790) (9,213) (7,280) (16,493) (9,634) 10,353 (249,564)

Net interest income 224,622 20,435 2,589 23,024 9,318 – 256,964

Fee and commission income 60,287 8,705 3,921 12,626 3,965 (1,680) 75,198Fee and commission expense (1,715) (2,606) (761) (3,367) (1,222) 1,029 (5,275)

Net fee and commission income 58,572 6,099 3,160 9,259 2,743 (651) 69,923

Net trading gains 5,135 2,761 718 3,479 (163) – 8,451Net gains on investment securities 1,467 611 193 804 17 – 2,288Other operating income (1) 13,950 6,726 7,641 14,367 287 (54) 28,550

Operating income 303,746 36,632 14,301 50,933 12,202 (705) 366,176Operating expenses (1) (133,560) (15,817) (7,573) (23,390) (3,484) 705 (159,729)Impairment losses on assets (17,396) (699) (761) (1,460) (531) – (19,387)

Operating profi t 152,790 20,116 5,967 26,083 8,187 – 187,060Share of results of associates and joint ventures – 2 611 613 – – 613

Profi t before income tax 152,790 20,118 6,578 26,696 8,187 – 187,673

Income tax expense (41,927)

Profi t for the year 145,746

Segment assets 10,196,577 1,453,681 582,307 2,035,988 1,087,203 (651,535) 12,668,233Investment in associates and joint ventures – 49 12,333 12,382 – – 12,382

Total assets 10,196,577 1,453,730 594,640 2,048,370 1,087,203 (651,535) 12,680,615

Include: non-current assets (2) 93,313 21,210 68,087 89,297 5,316 (161) 187,765

Segment liabilities 9,531,288 1,353,345 529,274 1,882,619 1,056,540 (651,374) 11,819,073

Other segment items: Intersegment net interest (expense)/income (2,655) 1,571 1,673 3,244 (589) – – Intersegment net fee and commission income 249 132 696 828 (426) (651) – Capital expenditure 17,843 848 8,877 9,725 410 – 27,978 Depreciation and amortisation 10,880 759 2,213 2,972 223 – 14,075 Credit commitments 2,216,766 113,970 95,454 209,424 178,453 (287,138) 2,317,505

(1) “Other operating income” includes insurance premium income earned, and “Operating expenses” include insurance benefi ts and

claims.

(2) Non-current assets include property and equipment, investment properties and other long-term assets.

2013 Annual Report243

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

43 Segment reporting (Continued)

The Group as at and for the year ended 31 December 2013

Corporate

banking

Personal

banking

Treasury

operations

Investment

banking Insurance Other Elimination TotalInterest income 291,460 164,380 118,023 1,060 1,827 657 (58,412) 518,995

Interest expense (142,087) (83,036) (66,579) (402) – (1,718) 58,412 (235,410)

Net interest income/(expense) 149,373 81,344 51,444 658 1,827 (1,061) – 283,585

Fee and commission income 49,174 28,211 9,243 2,878 – 536 (1,457) 88,585

Fee and commission expense (2,622) (1,770) (941) (659) (1,615) (29) 1,143 (6,493)

Net fee and commission income 46,552 26,441 8,302 2,219 (1,615) 507 (314) 82,092

Net trading gains (90) 499 6,124 686 (253) 205 12 7,183

Net gains on investment securities 59 11 446 – (15) 93 – 594

Other operating income 721 10,550 1,299 329 13,156 9,588 (1,588) 34,055

Operating income 196,615 118,845 67,615 3,892 13,100 9,332 (1,890) 407,509

Operating expenses (70,587) (69,220) (15,955) (1,753) (11,594) (5,095) 1,890 (172,314)

Impairment (losses)/reversal on assets (16,444) (6,630) 329 (118) – (647) – (23,510)

Operating profi t 109,584 42,995 51,989 2,021 1,506 3,590 – 211,685

Share of results of associates and

joint ventures – – – 177 (4) 923 (4) 1,092

Profi t before income tax 109,584 42,995 51,989 2,198 1,502 4,513 (4) 212,777

Income tax expense (49,036)

Profi t for the year 163,741

Segment assets 5,811,719 2,269,883 5,506,172 63,597 76,016 235,598 (102,054) 13,860,931

Investment in associates and

joint ventures – – – 2,968 – 10,458 (58) 13,368

Total assets 5,811,719 2,269,883 5,506,172 66,565 76,016 246,056 (102,112) 13,874,299

Segment liabilities 6,615,029 4,478,752 1,640,775 57,303 67,942 154,915 (101,894) 12,912,822

Other segment items:

Intersegment net interest (expense)/income (15,378) 56,987 (41,220) 121 100 (610) – –

Intersegment net fee and commission income 10 180 – – (1,098) 1,222 (314) –

Capital expenditure 4,626 5,115 245 77 106 24,575 – 34,744

Depreciation and amortisation 5,265 6,561 1,150 86 49 2,579 – 15,690

2013 Annual Report 244

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

43 Segment reporting (Continued)

The Group as at and for the year ended 31 December 2012

Corporate

banking

Personal

banking

Treasury

operations

Investment

banking Insurance Other Elimination TotalInterest income 304,357 152,450 104,327 1,033 1,709 833 (58,181) 506,528

Interest expense (158,472) (77,344) (69,527) (425) – (1,977) 58,181 (249,564)

Net interest income/(expense) 145,885 75,106 34,800 608 1,709 (1,144) – 256,964

Fee and commission income 42,110 23,631 7,894 2,327 1 413 (1,178) 75,198

Fee and commission expense (2,264) (1,650) (426) (530) (1,386) (27) 1,008 (5,275)

Net fee and commission income 39,846 21,981 7,468 1,797 (1,385) 386 (170) 69,923

Net trading gains 355 458 5,580 447 853 751 7 8,451

Net gains on investment securities 20 4 1,986 – 109 169 – 2,288

Other operating income 615 9,801 736 43 9,612 9,064 (1,321) 28,550

Operating income 186,721 107,350 50,570 2,895 10,898 9,226 (1,484) 366,176

Operating expenses (67,548) (63,094) (13,853) (1,952) (10,051) (4,715) 1,484 (159,729)

Impairment (losses)/reversal on assets (14,560) (4,772) 438 – (14) (479) – (19,387)

Operating profi t 104,613 39,484 37,155 943 833 4,032 – 187,060

Share of results of associates and

joint ventures – – – 214 (3) 409 (7) 613

Profi t before income tax 104,613 39,484 37,155 1,157 830 4,441 (7) 187,673

Income tax expense (41,927)

Profi t for the year 145,746

Segment assets 5,589,896 2,009,137 4,831,145 53,797 65,409 232,835 (113,986) 12,668,233

Investment in associates and

joint ventures – – – 2,561 – 9,876 (55) 12,382

Total assets 5,589,896 2,009,137 4,831,145 56,358 65,409 242,711 (114,041) 12,680,615

Segment liabilities 6,214,916 4,117,118 1,341,361 48,545 57,680 153,279 (113,826) 11,819,073

Other segment items:

Intersegment net interest (expense)/income (29,020) 56,751 (26,929) 104 107 (1,013) – –

Intersegment net fee and commission income – 104 – – (993) 1,059 (170) –

Capital expenditure 5,377 5,939 284 41 64 16,273 – 27,978

Depreciation and amortisation 4,867 5,865 969 94 40 2,240 – 14,075

2013 Annual Report245

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

44 Transfers of fi nancial assets

The Group enters into transactions in the normal course of business by which it transfers recognised fi nancial assets to third parties or to special purpose entities. In some cases where these transferred fi nancial assets qualify for derecognition, the transfers may give rise to full or partial derecognition of the fi nancial assets concerned. In other cases where the transferred assets do not qualify for derecognition as the Group has retained substantially all the risks and rewards of these assets, the Group continued to recognise the transferred assets.

Transferred fi nancial assets that do not qualify for derecognition mainly include debt securities held by counterparties as collateral under repurchase agreements and securities lent to counterparties under securities lending agreements. The counterparties are allowed to sell or repledge those securities in the absence of default by the Group, but have an obligation to return the securities at the maturity of the contract. If the securities increase or decrease in value, the Group may in certain circumstances require or be required to pay additional cash collateral. The Group has determined that the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of these securities and therefore has not derecognised them. In addition, the Group recognises a fi nancial liability for cash received as collateral.

The following table analyses the carrying amount of the abovementioned fi nancial assets transferred to third parties that did not qualify for derecognition and their associated fi nancial liabilities:

As at 31 December 2013 As at 31 December 2012Carrying

amount of transferred

assets

Carrying amount of associated

liabilities

Carrying amount of transferred

assets

Carrying amount of associated

liabilitiesRepurchase agreements 21,186 21,018 13,809 13,834

2013 Annual Report 246

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

45 Offsetting fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities

Financial assets subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements are analysed as below:

Amounts not set off in the statement of fi nancial position

Gross amounts of recognised

fi nancial assets

Gross amounts

offset in the statement

of fi nancial position

Amounts presented

in the statement

of fi nancial position

Financial instruments*

Cash collateral received Net amount

As at 31 December 2013Derivatives 13,834 – 13,834 (9,406) (1,435) 2,993Other assets 10,445 (6,708) 3,737 – – 3,737

Total 24,279 (6,708) 17,571 (9,406) (1,435) 6,730

As at 31 December 2012Derivatives 14,855 – 14,855 (8,549) (2,553) 3,753Other assets 12,148 (7,814) 4,334 – – 4,334

Total 27,003 (7,814) 19,189 (8,549) (2,553) 8,087

2013 Annual Report247

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

V NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

45 Offsetting fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities (Continued)

Financial liabilities subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements are analysed as below:

Amounts not set off in the statement of fi nancial position

Gross amounts of recognised

fi nancial liabilities

Gross amounts

offset in the statement

of fi nancial position

Amounts presented

in the statement

of fi nancial position

Financial instruments*

Cash collateral pledged Net amount

As at 31 December 2013Derivatives 16,163 – 16,163 (9,662) – 6,501Repurchase agreements 1,651 – 1,651 (1,651) – –Other liabilities 6,906 (6,708) 198 – – 198

Total 24,720 (6,708) 18,012 (11,313) – 6,699

As at 31 December 2012Derivatives 14,281 – 14,281 (8,995) – 5,286Other liabilities 8,221 (7,814) 407 – – 407

Total 22,502 (7,814) 14,688 (8,995) – 5,693

* Including non-cash collateral.

Financial assets and fi nancial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the statement of fi nancial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously (“the offset criteria”).

Derivatives and reverse repo/repurchase agreements included in amounts not set off in the statement of fi nancial position relate to transactions where:

• the counterparty has an offsetting exposure with the Group and a master netting or similar arrangement (including ISDA master agreement and Global Master Netting Agreement) is in place with a right of set off only in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy, or the offset criteria are otherwise not satisfi ed; and

• cash and non-cash collateral received/pledged in respect of the transactions described above.

2013 Annual Report 248

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT1 Overview

The Group’s primary risk management objectives are to maximise value for equity holders while maintaining risk within acceptable parameters, optimising capital allocation and satisfying the requirements of the regulatory authorities, the Group’s depositors and other stakeholders for the Group’s prudent and stable development.

The Group has designed a series of risk management policies and has set up controls to analyse, identify, monitor and report risks by means of relevant and up-to-date information systems. The Group regularly reviews and revises its risk management policies and systems to refl ect changes in markets, products and emerging best practice.

The most signifi cant types of risks to the Group are credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Market risk includes interest rate risk, currency risk and other price risk.

2 Financial risk management framework

The Board of Directors is responsible for establishing the overall risk appetite of the Group and reviewing and approving the risk management objectives and strategies.

Within this framework, the Group’s senior management has overall responsibility for managing all aspects of risks, including implementing risk management strategies, initiatives and credit policies and approving internal policies, measures and procedures related to risk management. The Risk Management Unit, the Financial Management Department and other relevant functional units are responsible for monitoring fi nancial risks.

The Group manages the risks at the branch level through direct reporting from the branches to the relevant departments responsible for risk management at the Head Offi ce. Business line related risks are monitored through establishing specifi c risk management teams within the business departments. The Group monitors and controls risk management at subsidiaries by appointing members of their boards of directors and risk management committees as appropriate.

3 Credit risk

The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that a customer or counterparty will cause a fi nancial loss for the Group by failing to discharge an obligation. Credit risk is one of the most signifi cant risks for the Group’s business.

Credit risk exposures arise principally in lending activities and debt securities investment activities. There is also credit risk in off-balance sheet fi nancial instruments, such as derivatives, loan commitments, letters of guarantee, bill acceptance and letters of credit.

2013 Annual Report249

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.1 Credit risk measurement

(1) Loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments

Monitoring and measurement of credit risk over loans and advances and off-balance sheet credit related exposures are performed by the Risk Management Unit, and reported to the senior management and the Board of Directors regularly.

In measuring the credit risk of loans and advances to corporate customers, the Group mainly refl ects the “probability of default” by the customer on its contractual obligations and considers the current fi nancial position of the customer and the exposures to the customer and its likely future development. For retail customers, the Group uses standard approval procedures to manage credit risk for personal loans, and uses credit score-card models, which are based on historical default data to measure credit risk for credit cards.

For credit risk arising from off-balance sheet commitments, the Group manages the risks according to the characteristics of the products. These mainly include loan commitments, guarantees, bill acceptances and letters of credit. Loan commitments, guarantees, bill acceptances and standby letters of credit carry similar credit risk to loans and the Group takes a similar approach on risk management. Documentary and commercial letters of credit are written undertakings by the Group on behalf of a customer authorising a third party to draw drafts on the Group up to a stipulated amount under specifi c terms and conditions and are collateralised by the underlying shipment documents of goods to which they relate or deposits and are therefore assessed to have less credit risk than a direct loan. Besides, the Group monitors the term to maturity of off-balance sheet commitments and those with longer-terms are assessed to have greater credit risk than shorter-term commitments.

The Group measures and manages the credit quality of loans and advances to corporate and personal customers based on the “Guideline for Loan Credit Risk Classifi cation” (the “Guideline”) issued by the CBRC, which requires commercial banks to classify their corporate and personal loans into fi ve categories: pass, special-mention, substandard, doubtful and loss, among which loans classifi ed in the substandard, doubtful and loss categories are regarded as non-performing loans. Off-balance sheet commitments with credit exposures are also assessed and categorised with reference to the Guideline. For operations in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions, where local regulations and requirements are more prudent than the Guideline, the credit assets are classifi ed according to local regulations and requirements.

2013 Annual Report 250

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.1 Credit risk measurement (Continued)

(1) Loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments (Continued)

The fi ve categories are defi ned as follows:

Pass: loans for which borrowers can honour the terms of the contracts, and there is no reason to doubt their ability to repay principal and interest of loans in full and on a timely basis.

Special-mention: loans for which borrowers are still able to service the loans currently, although the repayment of loans might be adversely affected by some factors.

Substandard: loans for which borrowers’ ability to service loans is apparently in question and borrowers cannot depend on their normal business revenues to pay back the principal and interest of loans. Certain losses might be incurred by the Group even when guarantees are executed.

Doubtful: loans for which borrowers cannot pay back principal and interest of loans in full and signifi cant losses will be incurred by the Group even when guarantees are executed.

Loss: principal and interest of loans cannot be recovered or only a small portion can be recovered after taking all possible measures and resorting to necessary legal procedures.

The Group has developed an internal customer credit rating system, using measurements of the probability of default within one year based on regression analysis. These probability of default measurements are then mapped to internal credit ratings. The Group performs back testing to actual default rates and refi nes the model according to the results.

The customer credit ratings in the internal model are based on four categories of A, B, C and D which are further classifi ed into fi fteen grades as AAA, AA, A, BBB+, BBB, BBB-, BB+, BB, BB-, B+, B-, CCC, CC, C, and D. Credit grading D equates to defaulted customers while the others are assigned to performing customers.

Five-category loan classifi cations and customer credit ratings are determined by Head Offi ce and tier 1 branch management under approved delegated authorities. The Bank performs centralised review on customer credit ratings and fi ve-category loan classifi cations on an annual basis. Further, fi ve-category loan classifi cations are re-examined on a quarterly basis. Adjustments are made to these classifi cations and ratings as necessary according to customers’ operational and fi nancial position.

The Group identifi es credit risk collectively based on industry, geography and customer type. This information is monitored regularly by management.

2013 Annual Report251

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.1 Credit risk measurement (Continued)

(1) Loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments (Continued)

Management periodically reviews various elements of the Group’s credit risk management process, in the context of loan portfolio growth, the changing mix and concentration of assets, and the evolving risk profi le of the credit portfolio. From time to time, in this regard, refi nements are made to the Group’s credit risk management processes to most effectively manage the effects of these changes on the Group’s credit risk. These refi nements include, among other things, adjustments to portfolio level controls, such as revisions to lists of approved borrowers, industry quotas and underwriting criteria. Where circumstances related to specifi c loans or a group of loans increase the Bank’s credit risk, actions are taken, to the extent possible, to strengthen the Group’s security position. The actions may include obtaining additional guarantors or collateral.

(2) Due from, placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions

The Group manages the credit quality of due from, placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions considering the size, fi nancial position and the internal and external credit rating of banks and fi nancial institutions. In response to adverse credit market conditions, various initiatives were implemented since 2008 to better manage and report credit risk, including establishing a special committee which meets periodically and on an ad hoc basis to discuss actions in response to market changes impacting the Group’s exposure to credit risk, and formulating a watch list process over counterparty names at risk.

(3) Debt securities and derivatives

Credit risk within debt securities arises from exposure to movements in credit spreads, default rates and loss given default, as well as changes in the credit of underlying assets.

The Group manages the credit risk within debt securities by monitoring the external credit rating, such as Standard & Poor’s ratings or their equivalents, of the security, the internal credit rating of the issuers of debt securities, and the credit quality of underlying assets of securitisation products, including review of default rates, prepayment rates, industry and sector performance, loss coverage ratios and counterparty risk, to identify exposure to credit risk.

The Group has policies to maintain strict control limits on net open derivative positions based on notional amount and term. At any one time, the amount subject to credit risk is limited to the current fair value of instruments that are favourable to the Group (i.e. assets for which fair value is positive). The derivative credit risk exposure is managed as part of the overall exposure lending limits set for customers and fi nancial institutions. Collateral or other security is not usually obtained for credit risk exposures on these fi nancial instruments.

2013 Annual Report 252

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.2 Credit risk limit control and mitigation policies

The Group manages limits and controls concentrations of credit risk in particular, to individual customers and to industries.

(1) Credit risk limits and controls

(i) Loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments

In order to manage the exposure to credit risk, the Group has adopted credit approval policies and procedures that are reviewed and updated by the Risk Management Unit at Head Offi ce. The credit approval process for both corporate loans and personal loans can be broadly divided into three stages: (1) credit origination and assessment; (2) credit review and approval; and (3) fund disbursement and post-disbursement management.

Credit to corporate customers in the Chinese mainland are originated by the Corporate Banking Unit at Head Offi ce and Corporate Banking Department at branch level and submitted to the Risk Management Unit for due diligence and approval. All credit applications for corporate customers must be approved by authorised credit application approvers at Head Offi ce and tier 1 branches level in Chinese mainland, except for credit applications that are identifi ed as low risk, such as loans suffi ciently secured by PRC treasury bonds, bills or pledged funds or loans supported by the credit of fi nancial institutions that are within pre-approved credit limits. The exposure to any one borrower, including banks, is restricted by credit limits covering on and off-balance sheet exposures.

Personal loans in the Chinese mainland are originated by the Personal Banking Departments at branch level and must be approved by authorised approvers at tier 1 branches level in Chinese mainland, except for individual pledged loans and government-sponsored student loans, which may be approved by authorised approvers at sub-branches below tier 1 level. High risk personal loans such as personal loans for business purposes in excess of certain limits must also be reviewed by the Risk Management Department.

The Head Offi ce also oversees the risk management of the branches in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions. In particular, any credit application at these branches exceeding the authorisation limits is required to be submitted to the Head Offi ce for approval.

Exposure to credit risk is also managed through regular analysis of the ability of borrowers and potential borrowers to meet interest and capital repayment obligations and by changing these lending limits where appropriate.

2013 Annual Report253

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.2 Credit risk limit control and mitigation policies (Continued)

(1) Credit risk limits and controls (Continued)

(ii) Debt securities and derivatives

The Group is also exposed to credit risk through investment activities and trading activities. Credit limits are established based on type of instruments and the credit quality of counterparties, securities issuers and securities and set limits are actively monitored.

(2) Credit risk mitigation policies

(i) Collateral and guarantees

The Group has a range of policies and practices intended to mitigate credit risk. The most prevalent of these is the taking of security for funds advances (collateral) and guarantees, which is common practice. The Group implements guidelines on the acceptability of specifi c classes of collateral. The amount of acceptable collateral at the time of loan origination is determined by the Risk Management Unit and is subject to loan-to-value ratio limits based on type and is monitored on an ongoing basis by the Risk Management Unit. The principal collateral types for corporate loans and advances are:

Collateral

Maximum loan-to-value

ratioDeposit receipt 95%PRC Treasury bonds 90%PRC fi nancial institution bonds 85%Publicly traded stocks 50%Construction land use rights 70%Real estate 70%Automobiles 40%

Mortgages to retail customers are generally collateralised by mortgages over residential properties. Other loans are collateralised dependant on the nature of the loan.

For loans guaranteed by a third party guarantor, the Group will assess the guarantor’s credit rating, fi nancial condition, credit history and ability to meet obligations.

Collateral held as security for fi nancial assets other than loans and advances is determined by the nature of the instrument. Debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured, with the exception of certain asset-backed securities and similar instruments, which are secured by portfolios of fi nancial instruments.

Collateral is also held as part of reverse repurchase agreements. Under such agreements, the Group is permitted to sell or repledge collateral in the absence of default by the owner of the collateral. Details of collateral accepted and which the Group is obligated to return are disclosed in Note V.40.3.

2013 Annual Report 254

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.2 Credit risk limit control and mitigation policies (Continued)

(2) Credit risk mitigation policies (Continued)

(ii) Master netting arrangements

The Group further restricts its exposure to credit losses by entering into master netting arrangements with counterparties with which it undertakes a signifi cant volume of transactions. Master netting arrangements do not generally result in the offsetting of assets and liabilities in the statement of fi nancial position, as transactions are usually settled on a gross basis. However, the credit risk associated with favourable contracts is reduced by a master netting arrangement to the extent that if a default occurs, all amounts with the customer are terminated and settled on a net basis. The Group’s overall exposure to credit risk on derivative instruments subject to master netting arrangements can change substantially within a short period, as it is affected by each transaction subject to the arrangement.

3.3 Impairment and provisioning policies

A fi nancial asset or a group of fi nancial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a “loss event”) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash fl ows of the fi nancial asset or group of fi nancial assets that can be reliably estimated.

(1) Loans and advances

Management determines whether objective evidence of impairment exists under IAS 39, based on the following criteria set out by the Group including consideration of:

• signifi cant fi nancial diffi culty incurred by the borrower;

• a breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payment;

• for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s fi nancial diffi culty, whether the Group has granted to the borrower a concession that it would not otherwise consider;

• probability that the borrower will become bankrupt or will undergo other fi nancial re-organisation;

• deterioration in the value of collateral;

• deterioration in credit rating; or

• other observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash fl ows from such loans and advances.

2013 Annual Report255

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.3 Impairment and provisioning policies (Continued)

(1) Loans and advances (Continued)

The Group’s policy requires the review of individual fi nancial assets that are above certain thresholds at least annually or more regularly when individual circumstances require. Impairment allowances on individually assessed accounts are determined by an evaluation of the incurred loss at the fi nancial reporting date on a case-by-case basis using discounted cash fl ow analysis. The assessment normally encompasses guarantees and collateral held and the anticipated receipts for that individual account.

Collectively assessed impairment allowances are provided for: (i) portfolios of homogenous assets that are individually below materiality thresholds; and (ii) losses that have been incurred but have not yet been specifi cally identifi ed, by using the available historical data, experience, professional judgement and statistical techniques.

(2) Debt securities

Debt securities are assessed for individual impairment using similar criteria as loans and advances. Management determines whether objective evidence of debt securities impairment exists under IAS 39 based on criteria set out by the Group including consideration of:

• a breach of contract or a trigger event, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payment;

• signifi cant fi nancial diffi culty of issuers or underlying asset holders;

• probable that the issuer or underlying asset holders will become bankrupt or will undergo other fi nancial re-organisation;

• deterioration in credit rating; or

• other observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash fl ows from such debt securities.

Impairment allowances on individually assessed securities are determined by an evaluation of the incurred loss at fi nancial reporting date on a case-by-case basis using available data, including default rates, loss given default and assessment of the quality of the underlying assets of securitisation products, industry and sector performance, loss coverage ratios and counterparty risk.

2013 Annual Report 256

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.4 Maximum exposure to credit risk before collateral held or other credit enhancements

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Credit risk exposures relating to on-balance sheet fi nancial assets are as follows:Due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 620,245 703,099 572,852 679,512Balances with central banks 2,132,001 1,934,297 2,015,175 1,859,362Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 660,049 447,299 657,516 435,483Government certifi cates of indebtedness for bank notes issued 82,069 70,554 4,086 3,314Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 67,173 69,339 33,314 29,654Derivative fi nancial assets 40,823 40,188 22,971 15,939Loans and advances to customers, net 7,439,742 6,710,040 6,628,759 5,990,570Investment securities — available for sale 666,951 656,150 354,131 305,107 — held to maturity 1,210,531 1,183,080 1,188,878 1,163,416 — loans and receivables 269,543 269,454 261,607 261,262Other assets 115,190 104,236 76,587 72,812

Subtotal 13,304,317 12,187,736 11,815,876 10,816,431

Credit risk exposures relating to off-balance sheet items are as follows:Letters of guarantee issued 846,497 791,156 856,311 802,214Loan commitments and other credit commitments 1,653,313 1,526,349 1,533,426 1,411,111

Subtotal 2,499,810 2,317,505 2,389,737 2,213,325

Total 15,804,127 14,505,241 14,205,613 13,029,756

The table above represents a worst case scenario of credit risk exposure of the Group and the Bank as at 31 December 2013 and 2012, without taking into account of any collateral held, master netting agreements or other credit enhancements attached. For on-balance sheet assets, the exposures set out above are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the statements of fi nancial position.

As at 31 December 2013, 47.07% of the Group’s total maximum credit exposure is derived from loans and advances to customers (31 December 2012: 46.26%) and 13.98% represents investments in debt securities (31 December 2012: 14.97%).

2013 Annual Report257

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers

The total loans and advances of the Group and the Bank are set out below:

(i) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by geographical area

Group

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of total Amount % of totalChinese mainland 6,058,180 79.63% 5,558,682 80.98%Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan 945,414 12.43% 828,844 12.07%Other countries and regions 604,197 7.94% 477,170 6.95%

Total loans and advances to customers 7,607,791 100.00% 6,864,696 100.00%

Bank

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of total Amount % of totalChinese mainland 6,049,817 89.06% 5,554,797 90.45%Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan 172,290 2.54% 130,838 2.13%Other countries and regions 570,553 8.40% 455,973 7.42%

Total loans and advances to customers 6,792,660 100.00% 6,141,608 100.00%

Chinese mainland

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of total Amount % of totalNorthern China 945,815 15.61% 872,120 15.69%Northeastern China 425,990 7.03% 399,844 7.19%Eastern China 2,462,657 40.65% 2,277,622 40.98%Central and Southern China 1,473,512 24.32% 1,350,778 24.30%Western China 750,206 12.39% 658,318 11.84%

Total loans and advances to customers 6,058,180 100.00% 5,558,682 100.00%

2013 Annual Report 258

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(ii) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by customer type

Group

As at 31 December 2013 As at 31 December 2012

Chinese mainland

Hong Kong, Macau and

Taiwan

Other countries

and regions TotalChinese

mainland

Hong Kong, Macau and

Taiwan

Other countries

and regions TotalCorporate loans — Trade bills 743,516 153,414 228,427 1,125,357 742,084 117,522 187,826 1,047,432 — Other 3,448,639 507,815 357,528 4,313,982 3,198,438 460,263 274,266 3,932,967Personal loans 1,866,025 284,185 18,242 2,168,452 1,618,160 251,059 15,078 1,884,297

Total loans and advances to customers 6,058,180 945,414 604,197 7,607,791 5,558,682 828,844 477,170 6,864,696

Bank

As at 31 December 2013 As at 31 December 2012

Chinese mainland

Hong Kong, Macau and

Taiwan

Other countries

and regions TotalChinese

mainland

Hong Kong, Macau and

Taiwan

Other countries

and regions TotalCorporate loans — Trade bills 743,516 30,575 221,362 995,453 742,084 26,205 184,587 952,876 — Other 3,446,056 84,171 339,531 3,869,758 3,197,118 67,497 263,613 3,528,228Personal loans 1,860,245 57,544 9,660 1,927,449 1,615,595 37,136 7,773 1,660,504

Total loans and advances to customers 6,049,817 172,290 570,553 6,792,660 5,554,797 130,838 455,973 6,141,608

2013 Annual Report259

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iii) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by industry

Group

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of total Amount % of totalCorporate loans and advances Manufacturing 1,557,044 20.47% 1,482,664 21.60% Commerce and services 1,148,963 15.10% 1,007,853 14.68% Transportation, storage and postal services 724,189 9.52% 674,260 9.82% Real estate 625,191 8.22% 554,618 8.08% Production and supply of electricity, heating, gas and water 392,643 5.16% 396,230 5.77% Mining 329,728 4.33% 307,358 4.48% Water, environment and public utility management 198,920 2.62% 215,711 3.14% Financial services 168,734 2.22% 109,977 1.60% Construction 143,278 1.88% 114,449 1.67% Public utilities 72,682 0.96% 70,380 1.03% Other 77,967 1.02% 46,899 0.68%

Subtotal 5,439,339 71.50% 4,980,399 72.55%

Personal loans Mortgages 1,506,331 19.80% 1,348,359 19.65% Credit cards 222,141 2.92% 160,865 2.34% Other 439,980 5.78% 375,073 5.46%

Subtotal 2,168,452 28.50% 1,884,297 27.45%

Total loans and advances to customers 7,607,791 100.00% 6,864,696 100.00%

2013 Annual Report 260

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iii) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by industry (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of total Amount % of totalCorporate loans and advances Manufacturing 1,473,953 21.70% 1,413,401 23.01% Commerce and services 959,131 14.12% 854,223 13.91% Transportation, storage and postal services 669,830 9.86% 618,463 10.07% Real estate 468,572 6.90% 412,007 6.71% Production and supply of electricity, heating, gas and water 368,279 5.42% 372,551 6.07% Mining 313,567 4.62% 290,299 4.73% Water, environment and public utility management 198,875 2.93% 215,658 3.51% Financial services 150,925 2.22% 97,907 1.59% Construction 131,001 1.93% 103,751 1.69% Public utilities 72,226 1.06% 69,487 1.13% Other 58,852 0.87% 33,357 0.54%

Subtotal 4,865,211 71.63% 4,481,104 72.96%

Personal loans Mortgages 1,323,801 19.49% 1,167,766 19.01% Credit cards 212,165 3.12% 151,510 2.47% Other 391,483 5.76% 341,228 5.56%

Subtotal 1,927,449 28.37% 1,660,504 27.04%

Total loans and advances to customers 6,792,660 100.00% 6,141,608 100.00%

2013 Annual Report261

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iii) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by industry (Continued)

Chinese mainland

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of total Amount % of totalCorporate loans and advances Manufacturing 1,347,808 22.25% 1,293,806 23.28% Commerce and services 763,597 12.60% 693,405 12.47% Transportation, storage and postal services 634,768 10.48% 590,014 10.61% Real estate 405,075 6.69% 362,212 6.52% Production and supply of electricity, heating, gas and water 365,889 6.04% 372,558 6.70% Mining 192,932 3.18% 188,847 3.40% Water, environment and public utility management 198,877 3.28% 215,658 3.88% Financial services 67,212 1.11% 47,441 0.85% Construction 125,825 2.08% 98,796 1.78% Public utilities 71,112 1.17% 64,696 1.16% Other 19,060 0.32% 13,089 0.24%

Subtotal 4,192,155 69.20% 3,940,522 70.89%

Personal loans Mortgages 1,282,276 21.17% 1,132,027 20.36% Credit cards 211,456 3.49% 151,006 2.72% Other 372,293 6.14% 335,127 6.03%

Subtotal 1,866,025 30.80% 1,618,160 29.11%

Total loans and advances to customers 6,058,180 100.00% 5,558,682 100.00%

2013 Annual Report 262

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iv) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by collateral type

Group

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of total Amount % of totalUnsecured loans 2,370,291 31.16% 2,020,733 29.44%Guaranteed loans 1,380,146 18.14% 1,177,880 17.16%Collateralised and other secured loans — loans secured by property and other immovable assets 2,891,696 38.01% 2,705,738 39.41% — other pledged loans 965,658 12.69% 960,345 13.99%

Total loans and advances to customers 7,607,791 100.00% 6,864,696 100.00%

Bank

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of total Amount % of totalUnsecured loans 2,009,900 29.59% 1,714,765 27.92%Guaranteed loans 1,336,764 19.68% 1,143,459 18.62%Collateralised and other secured loans — loans secured by property and other immovable assets 2,642,713 38.90% 2,460,095 40.05% — other pledged loans 803,283 11.83% 823,289 13.41%

Total loans and advances to customers 6,792,660 100.00% 6,141,608 100.00%

Chinese mainland

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of total Amount % of totalUnsecured loans 1,681,717 27.76% 1,487,652 26.76%Guaranteed loans 1,212,925 20.02% 1,045,941 18.82%Collateralised and other secured loans — loans secured by property and other immovable assets 2,505,607 41.36% 2,343,563 42.16% — other pledged loans 657,931 10.86% 681,526 12.26%

Total loans and advances to customers 6,058,180 100.00% 5,558,682 100.00%

2013 Annual Report263

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by overdue and impaired status

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank Chinese mainland

2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012Corporate loans and advances — Neither past due nor impaired 5,375,770 4,920,849 4,804,187 4,423,974 4,132,109 3,884,573 — Past due but not impaired 4,442 4,460 3,748 3,580 3,476 3,254 — Impaired 59,127 55,090 57,276 53,550 56,570 52,695

Subtotal 5,439,339 4,980,399 4,865,211 4,481,104 4,192,155 3,940,522

Personal loans — Neither past due nor impaired 2,132,844 1,852,483 1,894,842 1,631,631 1,834,554 1,590,375 — Past due but not impaired 21,616 21,449 18,759 18,591 17,608 17,636 — Impaired 13,992 10,365 13,848 10,282 13,863 10,149

Subtotal 2,168,452 1,884,297 1,927,449 1,660,504 1,866,025 1,618,160

Total 7,607,791 6,864,696 6,792,660 6,141,608 6,058,180 5,558,682

2013 Annual Report 264

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by overdue and impaired status (Continued)

(i) Loans and advances neither past due nor impaired

The Group classifi es loans and advances based on regulatory guidance including the “Guiding Principles on Classifi cation of Loan Risk Management” issued by the CBRC as set out in Note VI.3.1. The loans and advances neither past due nor impaired are classifi ed under these principles and guidelines as set out in the table below.

Group

As at 31 December

2013 2012

Pass Special-mention Total Pass Special-mention TotalCorporate loans

and advances 5,209,555 166,215 5,375,770 4,737,465 183,384 4,920,849

Personal loans 2,132,217 627 2,132,844 1,851,489 994 1,852,483

Total 7,341,772 166,842 7,508,614 6,588,954 184,378 6,773,332

Bank

As at 31 December

2013 2012

Pass Special-mention Total Pass Special-mention TotalCorporate loans

and advances 4,642,211 161,976 4,804,187 4,246,163 177,811 4,423,974

Personal loans 1,894,518 324 1,894,842 1,631,033 598 1,631,631

Total 6,536,729 162,300 6,699,029 5,877,196 178,409 6,055,605

Chinese mainland

As at 31 December

2013 2012

Pass Special-mention Total Pass Special-mention TotalCorporate loans

and advances 3,974,255 157,854 4,132,109 3,711,418 173,155 3,884,573

Personal loans 1,834,372 182 1,834,554 1,589,947 428 1,590,375

Total 5,808,627 158,036 5,966,663 5,301,365 173,583 5,474,948

2013 Annual Report265

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by overdue and impaired status (Continued)

(i) Loans and advances neither past due nor impaired (Continued)

Collectively assessed impairment allowances are provided on loans and advances neither past due nor impaired to estimate losses that have been incurred but not yet specifi cally identifi ed. As part of this assessment, the Group considers information collected as part of the process to classify loans and advances under the CBRC regulatory guidelines, as well as additional information on industry and portfolio exposure.

(ii) Loans and advances past due but not impaired

The total amount of loans and advances to customers that were past due but not impaired is as follows:

Group

As at 31 December 2013Within

1 month1–3

monthsMore than

3 months TotalCorporate loans and advances 3,440 788 214 4,442Personal loans 14,384 7,197 35 21,616

Total 17,824 7,985 249 26,058

As at 31 December 2012Within

1 month1–3

monthsMore than 3 months Total

Corporate loans and advances 3,413 878 169 4,460Personal loans 14,332 7,071 46 21,449

Total 17,745 7,949 215 25,909

2013 Annual Report 266

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by overdue and impaired status (Continued)

(ii) Loans and advances past due but not impaired (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2013Within

1 month1–3

monthsMore than 3 months Total

Corporate loans and advances 2,916 649 183 3,748Personal loans 11,789 6,970 – 18,759

Total 14,705 7,619 183 22,507

As at 31 December 2012Within

1 month1–3

monthsMore than 3 months Total

Corporate loans and advances 2,576 850 154 3,580Personal loans 11,745 6,846 – 18,591

Total 14,321 7,696 154 22,171

Chinese mainland

As at 31 December 2013Within

1 month1–3

monthsMore than

3 months TotalCorporate loans and advances 2,679 650 147 3,476Personal loans 10,740 6,868 – 17,608

Total 13,419 7,518 147 21,084

As at 31 December 2012Within

1 month1–3

monthsMore than 3 months Total

Corporate loans and advances 2,294 842 118 3,254Personal loans 10,889 6,747 – 17,636

Total 13,183 7,589 118 20,890

Collateral held against loans and advances to customers which have been overdue for more than 3 months principally includes properties, equipments and cash deposits.

2013 Annual Report267

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by overdue and impaired status (Continued)

(iii) Identifi ed impaired loans and advances

(a) Impaired loans and advances by geographical area

Group

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratio Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratioChinese mainland 70,433 96.33% 1.16% 62,844 96.01% 1.13%Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan 1,955 2.67% 0.21% 1,691 2.58% 0.20%Other countries and regions 731 1.00% 0.12% 920 1.41% 0.19%

Total 73,119 100.00% 0.96% 65,455 100.00% 0.95%

Bank

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratio Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratioChinese mainland 70,352 98.92% 1.16% 62,834 98.43% 1.13%Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan 131 0.18% 0.08% 241 0.38% 0.18%Other countries and regions 641 0.90% 0.11% 757 1.19% 0.17%

Total 71,124 100.00% 1.05% 63,832 100.00% 1.04%

Chinese mainland

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratio Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratioNorthern China 9,831 13.96% 1.04% 10,535 16.76% 1.21%Northeastern China 3,945 5.60% 0.93% 3,516 5.59% 0.88%Eastern China 31,666 44.96% 1.29% 23,476 37.36% 1.03%Central and Southern China 20,658 29.33% 1.40% 20,372 32.42% 1.51%Western China 4,333 6.15% 0.58% 4,945 7.87% 0.75%

Total 70,433 100.00% 1.16% 62,844 100.00% 1.13%

2013 Annual Report 268

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by overdue and impaired status (Continued)

(iii) Identifi ed impaired loans and advances (Continued)

(b) Impaired loans and advances by customer typeGroup

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratio Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratioCorporate loans and advances 59,127 80.86% 1.09% 55,090 84.16% 1.11%Personal loans 13,992 19.14% 0.65% 10,365 15.84% 0.55%

Total 73,119 100.00% 0.96% 65,455 100.00% 0.95%

Bank

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratio Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratioCorporate loans and advances 57,276 80.53% 1.18% 53,550 83.89% 1.20%Personal loans 13,848 19.47% 0.72% 10,282 16.11% 0.62%

Total 71,124 100.00% 1.05% 63,832 100.00% 1.04%

Chinese mainland

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratio Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratioCorporate loans and advances 56,570 80.32% 1.35% 52,695 83.85% 1.34%Personal loans 13,863 19.68% 0.74% 10,149 16.15% 0.63%

Total 70,433 100.00% 1.16% 62,844 100.00% 1.13%

2013 Annual Report269

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by overdue and impaired status (Continued)

(iii) Identifi ed impaired loans and advances (Continued)

(c) Impaired loans and advances by geography and industry

As at 31 December2013 2012

Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratio Amount % of totalImpaired

loan ratioChinese mainlandCorporate loans and advances Manufacturing 26,284 35.95% 1.95% 22,410 34.24% 1.73% Commerce and services 12,028 16.45% 1.58% 9,359 14.30% 1.35% Transportation, storage and postal services 10,322 14.12% 1.63% 12,658 19.34% 2.15% Real estate 2,292 3.13% 0.57% 2,670 4.08% 0.74% Production and supply of electricity, heating, gas and water 4,140 5.66% 1.13% 3,843 5.87% 1.03% Mining 242 0.33% 0.13% 232 0.35% 0.12% Water, environment and public utility management 89 0.12% 0.04% 29 0.04% 0.01% Financial services 2 0.00% 0.00% 4 0.01% 0.01% Construction 670 0.92% 0.53% 572 0.87% 0.58% Public utilities 335 0.46% 0.47% 691 1.05% 1.07% Other 166 0.23% 0.87% 227 0.35% 1.73%

Subtotal 56,570 77.37% 1.35% 52,695 80.50% 1.34%

Personal loans Mortgages 4,463 6.10% 0.35% 4,127 6.31% 0.36% Credit cards 3,588 4.91% 1.70% 2,308 3.53% 1.53% Other 5,812 7.95% 1.56% 3,714 5.67% 1.11%

Subtotal 13,863 18.96% 0.74% 10,149 15.51% 0.63%

Total for Chinese mainland 70,433 96.33% 1.16% 62,844 96.01% 1.13%

Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and Other countries and regions 2,686 3.67% 0.17% 2,611 3.99% 0.20%

Total 73,119 100.00% 0.96% 65,455 100.00% 0.95%

2013 Annual Report 270

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by overdue and impaired status (Continued)

(iii) Identifi ed impaired loans and advances (Continued)

(d) Impaired loans and advances and related allowance by geographical area

As at 31 December 2013

Impaired loans

Individually assessed

allowance

Collectively assessed

allowance NetChinese mainland 70,433 (37,933) (12,252) 20,248Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan 1,955 (793) (50) 1,112Other countries and regions 731 (476) (86) 169

Total 73,119 (39,202) (12,388) 21,529

As at 31 December 2012

Impaired loans

Individually assessed

allowance

Collectively assessed

allowance NetChinese mainland 62,844 (37,187) (9,121) 16,536Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan 1,691 (693) (74) 924Other countries and regions 920 (657) (6) 257

Total 65,455 (38,537) (9,201) 17,717

For description of allowances on identifi ed impaired loans, refer to Note V 16.3.

(3) Loans and advances rescheduled

Rescheduling (referring to loans and other assets that have been restructured and renegotiated) is a voluntary or, to a limited extent, court-supervised procedure, through which the Group and a borrower and/or its guarantor, if any, rescheduled credit terms as a result of deterioration in the borrower’s fi nancial condition or of the borrower’s inability to make payments when due. The Group reschedules a non-performing loan only if the borrower has good prospects. In addition, prior to approving the rescheduling of loans, the Group typically requires additional guarantees, pledges and/or collateral, or the assumption of the loan by a borrower with better repayment ability.

All rescheduled loans are subject to a surveillance period of six months. During the surveillance period, rescheduled loans remain as non-performing loans and the Group monitors the borrower’s business operations and loan repayment patterns. After the surveillance period, rescheduled loans may be upgraded to “special-mention” upon review if certain criteria are met. If the rescheduled loans fall overdue or if the borrower is unable to demonstrate its repayment ability, these loans will be reclassifi ed to “doubtful” or below. All rescheduled loans within surveillance period are determined to be impaired as at 31 December 2013 and 2012.

As at 31 December 2013 and 2012, within impaired loans and advances, rescheduled loans and advances that were overdue for 90 days or less were insignifi cant.

2013 Annual Report271

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(4) Overdue loans and advances to customers

(i) Analysis of overdue loans and advances to customers by collateral type and overdue days

Group

As at 31 December 2013Past due up

to 90 days (inclusive)

Past due 91–360 days

(inclusive)

Past due 361 days–3 years

(inclusive)Past due

over 3 years TotalUnsecured loans 9,441 3,725 2,563 2,448 18,177Guaranteed loans 4,895 5,869 4,720 1,976 17,460Collateralised and other secured loans — loans secured by property and other immovable assets 18,644 10,004 10,197 6,020 44,865 — other pledged loans 1,435 2,159 2,500 1,517 7,611

Total 34,415 21,757 19,980 11,961 88,113

As at 31 December 2012Past due up

to 90 days (inclusive)

Past due 91–360 days

(inclusive)

Past due 361 days–3 years

(inclusive)Past due

over 3 years TotalUnsecured loans 7,736 1,973 1,136 3,153 13,998Guaranteed loans 2,631 4,340 2,606 4,761 14,338Collateralised and other secured loans — loans secured by property and other immovable assets 18,343 6,371 8,256 7,199 40,169 — other pledged loans 1,109 195 3,434 1,652 6,390

Total 29,819 12,879 15,432 16,765 74,895

2013 Annual Report 272

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(4) Overdue loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(i) Analysis of overdue loans and advances to customers by collateral type and overdue days

(Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2013Past due up

to 90 days (inclusive)

Past due 91–360 days

(inclusive)

Past due 361 days–3 years

(inclusive)Past due

over 3 years TotalUnsecured loans 8,774 3,611 2,484 2,433 17,302Guaranteed loans 4,779 5,723 4,674 1,963 17,139Collateralised and other secured loans — loans secured by property and other immovable assets 16,214 9,934 10,163 6,015 42,326 — other pledged loans 545 2,082 2,472 1,517 6,616

Total 30,312 21,350 19,793 11,928 83,383

As at 31 December 2012Past due up

to 90 days (inclusive)

Past due 91–360 days

(inclusive)

Past due 361 days–3 years

(inclusive)Past due

over 3 years TotalUnsecured loans 6,818 1,895 1,066 3,138 12,917Guaranteed loans 2,586 4,317 2,571 4,706 14,180Collateralised and other secured loans — loans secured by property and other immovable assets 15,894 6,331 8,222 7,190 37,637 — other pledged loans 649 100 3,414 1,653 5,816

Total 25,947 12,643 15,273 16,687 70,550

2013 Annual Report273

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(4) Overdue loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(i) Analysis of overdue loans and advances to customers by collateral type and overdue days

(Continued)

Chinese mainland

As at 31 December 2013Past due up

to 90 days (inclusive)

Past due 91–360 days

(inclusive)

Past due 361 days–3 years

(inclusive)Past due

over 3 years TotalUnsecured loans 8,640 3,639 2,491 2,378 17,148Guaranteed loans 4,705 5,723 4,639 1,955 17,022Collateralised and other secured loans — loans secured by property and other immovable assets 14,984 9,891 9,715 6,006 40,596 — other pledged loans 534 2,082 2,436 1,517 6,569

Total 28,863 21,335 19,281 11,856 81,335

As at 31 December 2012Past due up

to 90 days (inclusive)

Past due 91–360 days

(inclusive)

Past due 361 days–3 years

(inclusive)Past due

over 3 years TotalUnsecured loans 6,754 1,894 1,018 3,132 12,798Guaranteed loans 2,437 4,190 2,543 4,643 13,813Collateralised and other secured loans — loans secured by property and other immovable assets 14,884 5,716 8,202 7,185 35,987 — other pledged loans 628 100 3,378 1,653 5,759

Total 24,703 11,900 15,141 16,613 68,357

2013 Annual Report 274

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.5 Loans and advances (Continued)

(4) Overdue loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(ii) Analysis of overdue loans and advances by geographical area

As at 31 December2013 2012

Chinese mainland 81,335 68,357Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan 5,606 5,407Other countries and regions 1,172 1,131

Subtotal 88,113 74,895Percentage 1.16% 1.09%Less: total loans and advances to customers which have been overdue for less than 3 months (34,415) (29,819)

Total loans and advances to customers which have been overdue for more than 3 months 53,698 45,076

Individually assessed impairment allowance — for loans and advances to customers which have been overdue for more than 3 months (27,298) (26,559)

3.6 Due from and placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions

Banks and other fi nancial institutions comprise those institutions in Chinese mainland, Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions.

The Group monitors the credit risk of counterparties by collecting and analysing counterparty information and establishing credit limits taking into account the nature, size and credit rating of counterparties.

As at 31 December 2013, the majority of the balances of due from and placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions were with banks in Chinese mainland, including policy banks, large-sized and medium-sized commercial banks (Note V.11 and Note V.13). As at 31 December 2013, the majority of the credit ratings of the banks in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions were above A.

2013 Annual Report275

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.7 Debt securities

The tables below represent an analysis of the carrying value of debt securities by credit or issuer rating and credit risk characteristic.

Group

As at 31 December 2013

Unrated AAA AA ALower than A Total

Issuers in Chinese mainland — Government – – 774,002 1,364 – 775,366 — Public sector and quasi-governments 29,056 – – – – 29,056 — Policy banks – – 39,287 298,927 – 338,214 — Financial institutions 17,847 496 1,002 92,005 29,232 140,582 — Corporate 220,717 – 35,643 50,156 19,051 325,567 — China Orient 160,000 – – – – 160,000

Subtotal 427,620 496 849,934 442,452 48,283 1,768,785

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments – 33,806 128,293 4,197 2,859 169,155 — Public sector and quasi-governments 684 25,032 29,440 181 105 55,442 — Financial institutions 7,175 24,244 58,202 60,102 17,357 167,080 — Corporate 10,292 1,443 3,114 22,441 10,932 48,222

Subtotal (1) 18,151 84,525 219,049 86,921 31,253 439,899

Total (2) 445,771 85,021 1,068,983 529,373 79,536 2,208,684

(1) Included mortgage backed securities as follows:

As at 31 December 2013

Unrated AAA AA A

Lower

than A TotalUS subprime mortgage

related debt securities – 120 214 910 1,686 2,930

US Alt-A mortgage-backed

securities – – 2 26 655 683

US Non-Agency

mortgage-backed securities – 10 10 111 1,052 1,183

Total – 130 226 1,047 3,393 4,796

2013 Annual Report 276

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.7 Debt securities (Continued)

Group

As at 31 December 2012

Unrated AAA AA ALower

than A TotalIssuers in Chinese mainland — Government – – 784,499 1,668 – 786,167 — Public sector and quasi-governments 20,810 – – – – 20,810 — Policy banks – – 27,749 322,328 – 350,077 — Financial institutions 2,434 360 88 75,966 22,296 101,144 — Corporate 183,358 19 4,224 40,036 16,586 244,223 — China Orient 160,000 – – – – 160,000

Subtotal 366,602 379 816,560 439,998 38,882 1,662,421

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments – 55,367 141,303 54,857 1,705 253,232 — Public sector and quasi-governments 11,725 25,338 19,139 209 310 56,721 — Financial institutions 874 31,867 62,982 49,985 16,680 162,388 — Corporate 8,717 2,008 1,729 17,397 7,413 37,264

Subtotal (1) 21,316 114,580 225,153 122,448 26,108 509,605

Total (2) 387,918 114,959 1,041,713 562,446 64,990 2,172,026

(1) Included mortgage backed securities as follows:

As at 31 December 2012

Unrated AAA AA A

Lower

than A Total

US subprime mortgage

related debt securities – 306 487 573 2,849 4,215

US Alt-A mortgage-backed

securities – 15 5 60 840 920

US Non-Agency

mortgage-backed securities – 15 92 106 1,585 1,798

Total – 336 584 739 5,274 6,933

2013 Annual Report277

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.7 Debt securities (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2013

Unrated AAA AA ALower than A Total

Issuers in Chinese mainland — Government – – 764,669 349 – 765,018 — Public sector and quasi-governments 28,868 – – – – 28,868 — Policy banks – – 220 295,241 – 295,461 — Financial institutions 16,945 496 1,002 47,324 25,007 90,774 — Corporate 203,317 – 29,217 43,167 14,208 289,909 — China Orient 160,000 – – – – 160,000

Subtotal 409,130 496 795,108 386,081 39,215 1,630,030

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments – 13,635 102,066 2,647 1,518 119,866 — Public sector and quasi-governments 671 65 16,307 181 105 17,329 — Financial institutions 6,565 4,645 18,606 21,491 6,519 57,826 — Corporate 876 100 680 4,893 2,173 8,722

Subtotal (1) 8,112 18,445 137,659 29,212 10,315 203,743

Total (2) 417,242 18,941 932,767 415,293 49,530 1,833,773

(1) Included mortgage backed securities as follows:

As at 31 December 2013

Unrated AAA AA A

Lower

than A Total

US subprime mortgage

related debt securities – 79 189 905 1,686 2,859

US Alt-A mortgage-backed

securities – – – 26 629 655

US Non-Agency

mortgage-backed securities – 10 5 104 1,018 1,137

Total – 89 194 1,035 3,333 4,651

2013 Annual Report 278

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.7 Debt securities (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2012

Unrated AAA AA ALower

than A TotalIssuers in Chinese mainland — Government – – 772,792 1,668 – 774,460 — Public sector and quasi-governments 19,715 – – – – 19,715 — Policy banks – – 50 320,335 – 320,385 — Financial institutions 1,760 360 – 43,413 18,906 64,439 — Corporate 171,057 – 2,000 35,117 11,880 220,054 — China Orient 160,000 – – – – 160,000

Subtotal 352,532 360 774,842 400,533 30,786 1,559,053

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments – 9,267 105,686 4,579 800 120,332 — Public sector and quasi-governments 9,151 214 10,937 209 310 20,821 — Financial institutions 328 7,933 17,448 14,635 6,912 47,256 — Corporate 638 256 411 2,942 3,164 7,411

Subtotal (1) 10,117 17,670 134,482 22,365 11,186 195,820

Total (2) 362,649 18,030 909,324 422,898 41,972 1,754,873

(1) Included mortgage backed securities as follows:

As at 31 December 2012

Unrated AAA AA A

Lower

than A Total

US subprime mortgage

related debt securities – 238 462 568 2,849 4,117

US Alt-A mortgage-backed

securities – – – 60 807 867

US Non-Agency

mortgage-backed securities – 15 77 56 1,562 1,710

Total – 253 539 684 5,218 6,694

2013 Annual Report279

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

3 Credit risk (Continued)

3.7 Debt securities (Continued)

(2) The Group’s available for sale and held to maturity debt securities are individually assessed for impairment.

The Group’s accumulated impairment charges on available for sale and held to maturity debt securities at

31 December 2013 amounted to RMB2,533 million and RMB246 million, respectively (31 December 2012:

RMB3,591 million and RMB306 million). The carrying values of the available for sale and held to maturity

debt securities considered impaired as at 31 December 2013 were RMB4,007 million and RMB464 million,

respectively (31 December 2012: RMB5,856 million and RMB638 million).

3.8 Derivatives

The Group began to implement the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) and other relevant regulations since 1 January 2013. In contrast to Regulation Governing Capital Adequacy of Commercial Banks, the capital rule applicable for 2012, for OTC derivative transactions in both the banking book and the trading book, risk-weighted assets for counterparty credit risk (“CCR”) will now comprise the sum of both risk-weighted assets for default risk and the newly-added risk-weighted assets for credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”).

CCR risk-weighted assets for derivatives are as follows:

As at 31 DecemberGroup Bank

2013 2012 2013 2012Risk-weighted assets for default riskCurrency derivatives 28,393 8,668 26,013 5,781Interest rate derivatives 2,784 4,073 1,187 3,369Equity derivatives 564 31 5 –Commodity derivatives 1,844 9 670 5

33,585 12,781 27,875 9,155

CVA risk-weighted assets 26,761 – 16,684 –

Total 60,346 12,781 44,559 9,155

3.9 Repossessed assets

The Group obtained assets by taking possession of collateral held as security. Detailed information of such repossessed assets of the Group is disclosed in Note V.22.

2013 Annual Report 280

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk

4.1 Overview

The Group is exposed to market risks that may cause losses to the Group as a result of adverse changes in market prices. Market risk arises from open positions in the trading and banking books in interest rate, exchange rate, equities and commodities. Both the Group’s trading book and banking book face market risks. The trading book consists of positions in fi nancial instruments and commodities that are held with trading intent or in order to hedge other elements of the trading book. The banking book consists of fi nancial instruments not included in the trading book (including those fi nancial instruments purchased with surplus funds and managed in the investment book).

The Board of Directors of the Group takes the ultimate responsibility for the oversight of market risk management, including the approval of market risk management policies and procedures and the determination of market risk tolerance. Senior management is responsible for execution of such policies and ensuring that the level of market risk is within the risk appetite determined by the Board, while meeting the Group’s business objectives.

The Risk Management Unit is responsible for the identifi cation, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting of market risks on a Group basis. Business units are responsible for monitoring and reporting of market risk within their respective business lines.

4.2 Market risk measurement techniques and limits

(1) Trading book

For the purpose of market risk management in the trading book, the Group monitors trading book Value at Risk (VaR) limits, stress testing results and exposure limits and tracks each trading desk and dealer’s observance of each limit on a daily basis.

VaR is used to estimate the largest potential loss arising from adverse market movements in a specifi c holding period and within a certain confi dence level.

VaR is performed separately by the Bank and its major subsidiaries that are exposed to market risk, BOCHK (Holdings) and BOCI. The Bank, BOCHK (Holdings) and BOCI used a 99% level of confi dence (therefore 1% statistical probability that actual losses could be greater than the VaR estimate) and a historical simulation model to calculate the VaR estimate. The holding period of the VaR calculations is one day. To enhance the Group’s market risk management, the Group has established the market risk data mart, which enabled a group level trading book VaR calculation on a daily basis.

2013 Annual Report281

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.2 Market risk measurement techniques and limits (Continued)

(1) Trading book (Continued)

Accuracy and reliability of the VaR model is verifi ed by daily back-testing of the VaR result on trading book. The back-testing results are regularly reported to senior management.

The Group utilises stress testing as an effective supplement to the trading book VaR analysis. Stress testing scenarios are performed based on the characteristics of trading transactions to simulate and estimate losses in adverse and exceptional market conditions. To address changes in the fi nancial markets, the Group enhances its market risk identifi cation capabilities by continuously modifying and improving the trading book stress testing scenarios and measurement methodologies in order to capture the potential impact to transaction market prices stemming from changes in market prices and volatility.

The table below shows the VaR of the trading book by type of risk during the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012:

Unit: USD million

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Average High Low Average High LowThe Bank’s trading VaRInterest rate risk 2.05 3.02 0.88 2.55 3.65 1.73Foreign exchange risk 0.72 4.61 0.14 1.88 7.63 0.44Volatility risk 0.02 0.12 0.00 0.03 0.10 0.00Commodity risk 0.25 1.86 0.00 – – –

Total of the Bank’s trading VaR 2.27 4.80 0.98 2.85 7.94 2.06

The Bank’s VaR for the year ended 31 December 2013 and 2012 was calculated on the Group’s trading positions, excluding those of BOCHK (Holdings) and BOCI and excluding foreign currency against RMB transactions.

The reporting of risk in relation to bullion is included in foreign exchange risk above.

2013 Annual Report 282

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.2 Market risk measurement techniques and limits (Continued)

(1) Trading book (Continued)

Unit: USD million

Year ended 31 December2013 2012

Average High Low Average High LowBOCHK (Holdings)’s trading VaRInterest rate risk 2.57 5.11 1.14 2.28 3.80 1.14Foreign exchange risk 2.24 4.88 1.32 2.15 3.31 1.19Equity risk 0.14 0.42 0.00 0.05 0.29 0.00Commodity risk 0.02 0.09 0.00 0.03 0.21 0.00

Total BOCHK (Holdings)’s trading VaR(i) 2.98 5.26 1.79 3.27 4.52 1.89

BOCI’s trading VaR(ii)

Equity derivatives unit 0.83 1.81 0.34 0.40 1.04 0.11Fixed income unit 1.06 1.84 0.63 0.96 2.22 0.53

Total BOCI’s trading VaR 1.39 2.50 0.67 1.09 2.32 0.45

(i) BOCHK (Holdings)’s trading VaR for the year ended 31 December 2013 and 2012 was calculated

including its subsidiaries of Nanyang Commercial Bank Limited, BOC Credit Card (International) Limited

and Chiyu Banking Corporation Limited.

(ii) BOCI monitors its trading VaR for equity derivatives unit and fi xed income unit separately, which include

equity risk, interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.

VaR for each risk factor is the independently derived largest potential loss in a specifi c holding period and within a certain confi dence level due to fl uctuations solely in that risk factor. The individual VaRs did not add up to the total VaR as there was diversifi cation effect due to correlation amongst the risk factors.

(2) Banking book

The banking book is exposed to interest rate risk arising from mismatches in repricing periods and inconsistent adjustments between the benchmark interest rates of assets and liabilities. The Group takes on exposure to interest rate risk and fl uctuations in market interest rates will impact the Group’s fi nancial position.

The Group manages interest rate risk in the banking book primarily through an interest rate repricing gap analysis. Interest rate repricing gap analysis measures the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that must be repriced within certain periods. The Group employs the interest rate repricing gap analysis and takes impact of the off-balance sheet business into consideration when calculating the indications of interest rate risk sensitivity of earnings to changing interest rates. The interest rate gap analysis is set out in Note VI.4.3 and also covers the trading book.

2013 Annual Report283

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.2 Market risk measurement techniques and limits (Continued)

(2) Banking book (Continued)

Sensitivity analysis on Net interest income

The Group performs sensitivity analysis by measuring the impact of a change in interest rates on “Net interest income”. This analysis assumes that yield curves change in parallel while the structure of assets and liabilities remains unchanged, and does not take changes in customer behaviour, basis risk or any prepayment options on debt securities into consideration. The bank calculates the change in net interest income during the year mainly through the analysis of interest rate repricing gaps, and made timely adjustment to the structure of assets and liabilities based on changes in the market situation, and controlled the fl uctuation of net interest income within an acceptable level. Limits of the net interest income change are set as a percentage of net interest income budget for the Group’s commercial banking operations and are approved by the Board and monitored by the Financial Management Unit on a monthly basis.

The table below illustrates the potential impact of a 25 basis points interest rate move on the net interest income of the Group. The actual situation may be different from the assumptions used and it is possible that actual outcomes could differ from the estimated impact on net interest income of the Group.

(Decrease)/increase inNet interest income

As at 31 December2013 2012

+ 25 basis points parallel move in all yield curves (1,006) (1,559)– 25 basis points parallel move in all yield curves 1,006 1,559

Given the nature of demand deposits, their interest rate fl uctuations are less volatile than those of other products. Had the impact of yield curves movement on interest expenses related to demand deposits been excluded, the net interest income for the next twelve months from the reporting date would increase or decrease by RMB9,548 million (2012: RMB8,427 million) for every 25 basis points upwards or downwards parallel shift, respectively.

2013 Annual Report 284

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.3 GAP analysis

The tables below summarise the Group’s and the Bank’s exposure to interest rate risks. It includes the Group’s and the Bank’s assets and liabilities at carrying amounts, categorised by the earlier of contractual repricing or maturity dates.

Group

As at 31 December 2013

Less than 1 month

Between 1 and 3 months

Between 3 and 12 months

Between 1 and 5

yearsOver

5 yearsNon-interest

bearing Total

AssetsCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 176,568 149,957 290,432 608 – 85,019 702,584Balances with central banks 2,058,786 – – – – 73,215 2,132,001Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 342,791 111,498 202,936 2,824 – – 660,049Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 5,630 7,499 12,010 29,773 12,139 8,149 75,200Derivative fi nancial assets – – – – – 40,823 40,823Loans and advances to customers, net 1,872,529 1,675,457 3,583,425 63,893 60,738 183,700 7,439,742Investment securities — available for sale 65,023 103,863 143,685 238,679 114,508 35,438 701,196 — held to maturity 41,181 65,469 240,205 550,115 313,561 – 1,210,531 — loans and receivables 4,254 5,120 18,399 22,888 218,882 – 269,543Other 5,580 5,259 5,242 – – 626,549 642,630

Total assets 4,572,342 2,124,122 4,496,334 908,780 719,828 1,052,893 13,874,299

LiabilitiesDue to banks and other fi nancial institutions 837,211 149,230 299,784 216,749 4,095 44,555 1,551,624Due to central banks 82,965 46,555 66,189 – – 5,230 200,939Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions 187,104 105,048 47,113 – – – 339,265Derivative fi nancial liabilities – – – – – 36,212 36,212Due to customers 5,715,009 1,105,255 2,155,915 1,004,641 4,383 112,583 10,097,786Bonds issued 6,199 10,695 20,570 69,711 117,529 – 224,704Other 15,063 19,523 5,639 300 212 421,555 462,292

Total liabilities 6,843,551 1,436,306 2,595,210 1,291,401 126,219 620,135 12,912,822

Total interest repricing gap (2,271,209) 687,816 1,901,124 (382,621) 593,609 432,758 961,477

2013 Annual Report285

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.3 GAP analysis (Continued)

Group

As at 31 December 2012

Less than 1 month

Between 1 and 3 months

Between 3 and 12

months

Between 1 and 5

yearsOver

5 yearsNon-interest

bearing Total

AssetsCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 219,410 135,208 314,942 31,167 – 74,847 775,574Balances with central banks 1,876,905 447 189 25 – 56,731 1,934,297Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 195,821 84,274 163,214 3,990 – – 447,299Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 10,946 5,217 9,956 30,052 12,886 2,533 71,590Derivative fi nancial assets – – – – – 40,188 40,188Loans and advances to customers, net 1,679,050 1,593,215 3,214,918 53,154 32,853 136,850 6,710,040Investment securities — available for sale 82,909 129,969 107,435 221,121 113,286 31,680 686,400 — held to maturity 35,171 71,813 265,339 505,125 305,632 – 1,183,080 — loans and receivables 1,604 6,015 25,998 20,855 214,982 – 269,454

Other 3,352 5,467 8,074 – – 545,800 562,693

Total assets 4,105,168 2,031,625 4,110,065 865,489 679,639 888,629 12,680,615

LiabilitiesDue to banks and other fi nancial institutions 931,428 196,750 194,344 95,447 – 135,223 1,553,192Due to central banks 88,137 7,746 32,038 – – 2,101 130,022Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions 198,660 71,078 43,266 – – – 313,004Derivative fi nancial liabilities – – – – – 32,457 32,457Due to customers 5,320,214 996,436 1,858,379 896,180 4,687 98,099 9,173,995Bonds issued 726 3,879 6,048 72,047 116,433 – 199,133

Other 16,570 21,298 8,517 3,148 113 367,624 417,270

Total liabilities 6,555,735 1,297,187 2,142,592 1,066,822 121,233 635,504 11,819,073

Total interest repricing gap (2,450,567) 734,438 1,967,473 (201,333) 558,406 253,125 861,542

2013 Annual Report 286

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.3 GAP analysis (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2013

Less than 1 month

Between 1 and 3 months

Between 3 and 12 months

Between 1 and 5

yearsOver

5 yearsNon-interest

bearing Total

AssetsCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 147,029 142,039 283,010 – – 74,593 646,671Balances with central banks 1,951,415 – – – – 63,760 2,015,175Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 326,305 107,528 219,393 3,839 451 – 657,516Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 3,467 2,432 3,541 17,232 6,521 121 33,314Derivative fi nancial assets – – – – – 22,971 22,971Loans and advances to customers, net 1,261,658 1,571,244 3,514,178 43,781 59,707 178,191 6,628,759Investment securities — available for sale 32,119 62,707 83,554 124,752 50,999 2,489 356,620 — held to maturity 38,111 63,254 235,884 543,365 308,264 – 1,188,878 — loans and receivables 1,532 2,538 15,767 22,888 218,882 – 261,607Other 3,039 5,259 5,241 – – 474,573 488,112

Total assets 3,764,675 1,957,001 4,360,568 755,857 644,824 816,698 12,299,623

LiabilitiesDue to banks and other fi nancial institutions 756,577 158,909 339,533 217,250 4,195 24,352 1,500,816Due to central banks 52,023 46,534 66,004 – – – 164,561Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions 203,229 112,473 46,332 – – – 362,034Derivative fi nancial liabilities – – – – – 23,530 23,530Due to customers 4,903,507 956,443 2,038,630 995,611 4,328 49,002 8,947,521Bonds issued 6,169 10,695 20,082 55,607 98,930 – 191,483Other 5,366 – – – – 238,352 243,718

Total liabilities 5,926,871 1,285,054 2,510,581 1,268,468 107,453 335,236 11,433,663

Total interest repricing gap (2,162,196) 671,947 1,849,987 (512,611) 537,371 481,462 865,960

2013 Annual Report287

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.3 GAP analysis (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2012

Less than 1 month

Between 1 and 3 months

Between 3 and 12

months

Between 1 and 5

yearsOver

5 yearsNon-interest

bearing Total

AssetsCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 208,883 130,489 309,114 30,209 – 66,898 745,593Balances with central banks 1,804,775 314 189 25 – 54,059 1,859,362Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 189,854 75,801 165,411 4,417 – – 435,483Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 1,685 1,154 4,353 15,222 6,959 281 29,654Derivative fi nancial assets – – – – – 15,939 15,939Loans and advances to customers, net 1,128,820 1,492,224 3,162,905 42,977 32,080 131,564 5,990,570Investment securities — available for sale 26,742 41,671 62,527 114,807 59,360 1,903 307,010 — held to maturity 31,317 65,436 264,240 498,332 304,091 – 1,163,416 — loans and receivables 415 3,462 21,548 20,855 214,982 – 261,262

Other 3,246 5,367 8,074 – – 417,144 433,831

Total assets 3,395,737 1,815,918 3,998,361 726,844 617,472 687,788 11,242,120

LiabilitiesDue to banks and other fi nancial institutions 885,293 199,457 212,884 95,451 – 123,773 1,516,858Due to central banks 78,481 7,746 32,035 – – – 118,262Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions 184,353 76,443 52,320 – – – 313,116Derivative fi nancial liabilities – – – – – 16,382 16,382Due to customers 4,524,422 882,873 1,766,844 890,278 4,657 42,000 8,111,074Bonds issued 722 3,879 7,569 67,338 98,930 – 178,438

Other 6,272 – – – – 208,314 214,586

Total liabilities 5,679,543 1,170,398 2,071,652 1,053,067 103,587 390,469 10,468,716

Total interest repricing gap (2,283,806) 645,520 1,926,709 (326,223) 513,885 297,319 773,404

2013 Annual Report 288

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.4 Foreign currency risk

In 2005, the PRC government introduced a managed fl oating exchange rate system to allow the value of the RMB to fl uctuate within a regulated band based on market supply and demand and by reference to a basket of currencies.

The Group conducts a substantial portion of its business in RMB, with certain transactions denominated in USD, HKD and, to a much lesser extent, other currencies. The major subsidiary, BOCHK Group, conducts the majority of its business in HKD, RMB and USD.

The Group endeavours to manage its sources and uses of foreign currencies to minimise potential mismatches in accordance with management directives. However, the Group’s ability to manage its foreign currency positions in relation to the RMB is limited as the RMB is not a freely convertible currency. The PRC government’s current foreign currency regulations require the conversion of foreign currency to be approved by relevant PRC government authorities.

The Group manages its exposure to currency exchange risk through management of its net foreign currency position and monitors its foreign currency risk on trading books using VaR (Note VI.4.2). Meanwhile, the Group performs currency risk sensitivity analysis to estimate the effect of potential exchange rate changes of foreign currencies against RMB on profi t before tax and equity.

The tables below indicate a sensitivity analysis of exchange rate changes of the currencies to which the Group had signifi cant exposure. The analysis calculates the effect of a reasonably possible movement in the currency rates against RMB, with all other variables held constant, on profi t before tax and equity. A negative amount in the table refl ects a potential net reduction in profi t before tax or equity, while a positive amount refl ects a potential net increase. Such analysis does not take into account the correlation effect of changes in different foreign currencies, any further actions that may have been or could be taken by management after the fi nancial reporting date, subject to the approval by the PRC government, to mitigate the effect of exchange differences, nor for any consequential changes in the foreign currency positions.

Effect on profi t before tax Effect on equity*

CurrencyChange in

currency rate

As at 31 December

2013

As at 31 December

2012

As at 31 December

2013

As at 31 December

2012USD -1% (348) (202) (205) (192)HKD -1% 505 362 (1,072) (1,036)

While the table above indicates the effect on profi t before tax and equity of 1% depreciation of USD and HKD, there will be an opposite effect with the same amount if the currencies appreciate by the same percentage.

* Effect on other comprehensive income (irrespective of income tax effect)

2013 Annual Report289

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.4 Foreign currency risk (Continued)

The tables below summarise the Group’s and the Bank’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk as at 31 December 2013 and 2012. The Group’s and the Bank’s exposure to RMB is provided in the tables below for comparison purposes. Included in the table are the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities of the Group and the Bank along with off-balance sheet positions and credit commitments in RMB equivalent, categorised by the original currencies. Derivative fi nancial instruments are included in the net off-balance sheet position using notional amounts.

Group

As at 31 December 2013RMB USD HKD EURO JPY GBP Other Total

AssetsCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 606,351 64,084 12,379 4,067 1,989 4,648 9,066 702,584Balances with central banks 1,860,127 223,218 5,468 22,607 6,638 41 13,902 2,132,001Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 555,391 78,573 1,591 4,411 29 2,694 17,360 660,049Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 18,578 34,325 21,024 1,016 48 – 209 75,200Derivative fi nancial assets 9,753 11,162 15,984 664 244 1,592 1,424 40,823Loans and advances to customers, net 5,596,690 1,134,219 535,127 61,111 6,645 12,054 93,896 7,439,742Investment securities — available for sale 290,979 262,079 99,681 14,447 786 416 32,808 701,196 — held to maturity 1,120,644 77,730 6,674 480 693 – 4,310 1,210,531 — loans and receivables 254,278 3,176 2,417 – – – 9,672 269,543Other 236,450 75,217 125,851 1,454 1,139 3,029 199,490 642,630

Total assets 10,549,241 1,963,783 826,196 110,257 18,211 24,474 382,137 13,874,299

LiabilitiesDue to banks and other fi nancial institutions 963,948 352,134 16,120 20,798 6,433 8,858 183,333 1,551,624Due to central banks 56,044 120,540 23,431 – – – 924 200,939Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions 148,018 161,084 12,794 5,275 8,076 641 3,377 339,265Derivative fi nancial liabilities 6,692 10,719 12,472 677 1,813 1,384 2,455 36,212Due to customers 8,091,102 848,525 701,985 144,712 36,762 46,567 228,133 10,097,786Bonds issued 175,400 40,418 1,525 3,350 – 3,784 227 224,704Other 256,526 62,633 134,433 1,870 567 2,493 3,770 462,292

Total liabilities 9,697,730 1,596,053 902,760 176,682 53,651 63,727 422,219 12,912,822

Net on-balance sheet position 851,511 367,730 (76,564) (66,425) (35,440) (39,253) (40,082) 961,477Net off-balance sheet position (23,364) (309,362) 135,296 71,474 33,690 40,922 55,022 3,678Credit commitments 1,555,631 668,837 121,105 82,858 8,004 14,869 48,506 2,499,810

2013 Annual Report 290

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.4 Foreign currency risk (Continued)

Group

As at 31 December 2012RMB USD HKD EURO JPY GBP Other Total

AssetsCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 518,287 220,997 8,157 10,989 1,777 2,632 12,735 775,574Balances with central banks 1,685,566 150,441 2,428 65,972 9,550 47 20,293 1,934,297Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 307,661 69,515 8,903 6,517 4,057 24,761 25,885 447,299Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 12,114 31,122 27,065 1,069 87 – 133 71,590Derivative fi nancial assets 5,601 10,936 20,656 770 160 930 1,135 40,188Loans and advances to customers, net 5,111,675 943,794 501,062 46,102 13,700 10,212 83,495 6,710,040Investment securities — available for sale 226,486 246,743 102,142 11,319 63,775 302 35,633 686,400 — held to maturity 1,095,327 74,163 4,783 2,720 2,425 – 3,662 1,183,080 — loans and receivables 252,409 4,569 2 – – 1,204 11,270 269,454Other 216,771 71,309 114,944 1,256 1,435 2,303 154,675 562,693

Total assets 9,431,897 1,823,589 790,142 146,714 96,966 42,391 348,916 12,680,615

LiabilitiesDue to banks and other fi nancial institutions 992,268 371,410 20,011 28,985 8,285 3,797 128,436 1,553,192Due to central banks 890 120,372 8,757 – – – 3 130,022Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions 154,230 140,086 10,289 2,197 175 2,551 3,476 313,004Derivative fi nancial liabilities 4,052 11,545 13,530 936 395 927 1,072 32,457Due to customers 7,268,004 739,364 720,594 169,878 29,110 53,304 193,741 9,173,995Bonds issued 170,539 28,591 3 – – – – 199,133Other 218,914 58,452 129,835 1,414 486 1,044 7,125 417,270

Total liabilities 8,808,897 1,469,820 903,019 203,410 38,451 61,623 333,853 11,819,073

Net on-balance sheet position 623,000 353,769 (112,877) (56,696) 58,515 (19,232) 15,063 861,542Net off-balance sheet position 143,353 (320,960) 170,678 54,470 (55,018) 20,317 (3,228) 9,612Credit commitments 1,438,619 612,942 124,165 71,743 8,751 12,733 48,552 2,317,505

2013 Annual Report291

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.4 Foreign currency risk (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2013

RMB USD HKD EURO JPY GBP Other Total

AssetsCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 553,914 59,844 15,285 3,420 1,828 4,456 7,924 646,671Balances with central banks 1,755,411 220,731 1,590 22,348 6,638 41 8,416 2,015,175Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 555,161 63,318 20,329 3,124 43 2,037 13,504 657,516Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 8,020 24,308 – 986 – – – 33,314Derivative fi nancial assets 9,545 9,876 27 661 241 1,590 1,031 22,971Loans and advances to customers, net 5,506,959 910,863 70,035 57,044 6,281 8,148 69,429 6,628,759Investment securities — available for sale 223,870 98,948 10,064 9,477 554 – 13,707 356,620 — held to maturity 1,116,389 68,982 786 480 693 – 1,548 1,188,878 — loans and receivables 253,638 – 2 – – – 7,967 261,607Other 193,197 12,941 74,513 2,681 1,047 5,319 198,414 488,112

Total assets 10,176,104 1,469,811 192,631 100,221 17,325 21,591 321,940 12,299,623

LiabilitiesDue to banks and other fi nancial institutions 932,229 338,916 9,668 21,996 6,512 9,016 182,479 1,500,816Due to central banks 45,779 108,593 9,335 – – – 854 164,561Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions 174,696 162,430 7,701 5,285 8,105 641 3,176 362,034Derivative fi nancial liabilities 6,312 11,291 – 507 1,810 1,384 2,226 23,530Due to customers 7,825,241 608,945 151,529 133,031 33,897 33,600 161,278 8,947,521Bonds issued 175,474 8,634 – 3,350 – 3,784 241 191,483Other 221,869 15,046 934 1,044 389 1,538 2,898 243,718

Total liabilities 9,381,600 1,253,855 179,167 165,213 50,713 49,963 353,152 11,433,663

Net on-balance sheet position 794,504 215,956 13,464 (64,992) (33,388) (28,372) (31,212) 865,960Net off-balance sheet position (4,781) (175,699) 4,128 69,088 31,764 30,070 45,105 (325)Credit commitments 1,554,243 632,054 63,776 80,819 7,620 13,086 38,139 2,389,737

2013 Annual Report 292

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.4 Foreign currency risk (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2012

RMB USD HKD EURO JPY GBP Other Total

AssetsCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 484,686 217,421 18,040 9,970 1,566 2,424 11,486 745,593Balances with central banks 1,618,403 149,368 1,733 65,807 9,550 47 14,454 1,859,362Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 296,700 55,587 21,617 11,258 4,057 23,402 22,862 435,483Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 7,149 21,441 – 1,064 – – – 29,654Derivative fi nancial assets 5,717 7,876 – 754 154 910 528 15,939Loans and advances to customers, net 5,029,994 783,657 55,918 40,216 12,815 7,232 60,738 5,990,570Investment securities — available for sale 176,561 91,888 18,333 4,465 709 – 15,054 307,010 — held to maturity 1,093,628 65,488 88 2,720 877 – 615 1,163,416 — loans and receivables 251,489 1,070 1 – – – 8,702 261,262

Other 183,928 13,554 74,682 2,378 1,228 4,813 153,248 433,831

Total assets 9,148,255 1,407,350 190,412 138,632 30,956 38,828 287,687 11,242,120

LiabilitiesDue to banks and other fi nancial institutions 966,248 369,530 10,515 30,023 8,378 3,921 128,243 1,516,858Due to central banks 813 110,659 6,790 – – – – 118,262Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions 157,481 144,188 2,678 2,197 212 2,551 3,809 313,116Derivative fi nancial liabilities 4,045 9,709 1 630 392 925 680 16,382Due to customers 7,069,912 520,927 158,091 159,306 26,262 41,124 135,452 8,111,074Bonds issued 170,929 7,509 – – – – – 178,438

Other 198,703 6,620 1,617 1,489 224 337 5,596 214,586

Total liabilities 8,568,131 1,169,142 179,692 193,645 35,468 48,858 273,780 10,468,716

Net on-balance sheet position 580,124 238,208 10,720 (55,013) (4,512) (10,030) 13,907 773,404Net off-balance sheet position 176,160 (219,629) (5,981) 44,740 6,087 11,596 (10,422) 2,551Credit commitments 1,435,727 580,714 69,393 69,335 8,321 10,403 39,432 2,213,325

2013 Annual Report293

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Market risk (Continued)

4.5 Price Risk

The Group is exposed to equity risk on its available for sale listed equity securities. As at 31 December 2013, a 5 percentage variance in listed equity prices from the year end price would impact the fair value of available for sale listed equity positions by RMB270 million (31 December 2012: RMB226 million). For those available for sale equities considered impaired, the impact would be taken to the income statement. The Group is also exposed to commodity risk, mainly related to bullion. The Group manages such risk together with foreign exchange risk (Note VI.4.2).

5 Liquidity riskLiquidity risk is the risk that a commercial bank is unable to timely obtain adequate funds at a reasonable cost, to maintain its asset growth, pay off debts upon maturity or meet other settlement obligations. The Group’s objective in liquidity risk management is to enhance the liquidity of assets and stability of funding sources and maintain a reasonable liquidity level pursuant to the guiding principle of achieving a balance amongst “liquidity, safety and profi tability”.

5.1 Liquidity risk management policy and process

The Group adopts a liquidity risk management model that incorporates both centralised and decentralised elements. The Head Offi ce is ultimately responsible for managing the Group’s overall liquidity risk, while the branches and subsidiaries managing their own liquidity risk pursuant to the Head Offi ce’s policies within authorised scope.

The Group considers liquidity risk management a signifi cant component of asset-liability management, and determines the size, structure and duration of assets and liabilities consistent with the principle of overall balance between assets and liabilities. The Group establishes its liquidity portfolio to mitigate liquidity risk, and to minimise the gaps in the amount and duration between the funding sources and the uses of funds. The Group refi nes its fi nancing strategy, taking into consideration of various factors including customer risk sensitivity, fi nancing cost and concentration of funding sources. In addition, the Group prioritises the development of customer deposits, dynamically adjusts the structure of fund sources by market-oriented fi nancing modes, including due to banks and other fi nancial institutions and inter-bank borrowing.

Sources of liquidity risk are regularly reviewed by a separate team in the Financial Management Department to maintain a wide diversifi cation by currency, geography, provider, product and term. A liquidity maturity analysis is performed by the Financial Management Department on a monthly basis. The forecast net liquidity position is estimated and managed on a daily basis. The Group also performs stress testing for liquidity risk on a quarterly basis.

Assets available to meet all of the liabilities and to cover outstanding loan commitments include “Cash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions”, “Balances with central banks”, “Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions” and “Loans and advances to customers, net”. In the normal course of business, a proportion of short-term customer loans contractually repayable will be extended and a portion of short-term customer deposits will not be withdrawn upon maturity. The Group would also be able to meet unexpected net cash outfl ows by entering into repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions, and by selling securities and accessing additional funding sources.

For purposes of the tables set forth, “Loans and advances to customers, net” are considered overdue only if principal payments are overdue. In addition, for Loans and advances to customers that are repayable by installments, only the portion of the loan that is actually overdue is reported as overdue. Any part of the loan that is not due is reported according to residual maturity.

In 2013, the Group amended the maturity groupings of liquidity risk and restated the comparative data of 2012 accordingly.

2013 Annual Report 294

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5 Liquidity risk (Continued)

5.2 Maturity analysis

The tables below analyse the Group’s and the Bank’s assets and liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the fi nancial reporting date to the contractual maturity date.

Group

As at 31 December 2013

Overdue/Undated

On demand

Less than 1 month

Between 1 and 3 months

Between 3 and 12 months

Between 1 and 5

yearsOver

5 years Total

AssetsCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 1 162,408 99,073 137,465 302,129 1,508 – 702,584Balances with central banks 1,613,606 403,586 114,809 – – – – 2,132,001Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 342,791 110,625 203,809 2,824 – 660,049Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 7,622 – 5,270 7,093 10,416 32,332 12,467 75,200Derivative fi nancial assets – 11,005 5,163 5,437 11,336 4,235 3,647 40,823Loans and advances to customers, net 21,678 83,794 434,613 878,725 1,915,073 1,716,505 2,389,354 7,439,742Investment securities — available for sale 34,245 – 39,352 69,970 152,305 277,096 128,228 701,196 — held to maturity – – 18,387 33,814 195,971 617,451 344,908 1,210,531 — loans and receivables – – 4,254 5,120 13,399 27,888 218,882 269,543Other 212,668 289,907 34,222 21,982 22,927 44,685 16,239 642,630

Total assets 1,889,820 950,700 1,097,934 1,270,231 2,827,365 2,724,524 3,113,725 13,874,299

LiabilitiesDue to banks and other fi nancial institutions – 727,316 131,752 146,786 324,654 217,021 4,095 1,551,624Due to central banks – 65,077 23,118 41,344 64,538 6,862 – 200,939Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 187,104 105,048 47,113 – – 339,265Derivative fi nancial liabilities – 7,529 4,348 5,812 11,124 6,165 1,234 36,212Due to customers – 4,581,538 1,233,777 1,071,379 2,174,469 1,024,471 12,152 10,097,786Bonds issued – – 5,951 10,695 20,571 69,958 117,529 224,704Other – 132,880 64,851 29,405 128,742 65,423 40,991 462,292

Total liabilities – 5,514,340 1,650,901 1,410,469 2,771,211 1,389,900 176,001 12,912,822

Net liquidity gap 1,889,820 (4,563,640) (552,967) (140,238) 56,154 1,334,624 2,937,724 961,477

2013 Annual Report295

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5 Liquidity risk (Continued)

5.2 Maturity analysis (Continued)

Group

As at 31 December 2012

Overdue/Undated

On demand

Less than 1 month

Between 1 and 3 months

Between 3 and 12

months

Between 1 and 5

yearsOver

5 years Total

AssetsCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions – 165,632 128,625 135,208 314,942 31,167 – 775,574Balances with central banks 1,476,088 303,785 153,763 447 189 25 – 1,934,297Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 195,821 84,274 163,214 3,990 – 447,299Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 2,251 – 9,877 4,783 8,710 31,902 14,067 71,590Derivative fi nancial assets – 14,379 4,108 3,486 9,562 4,168 4,485 40,188Loans and advances to customers, net 12,331 64,838 316,012 775,364 1,740,016 1,613,651 2,187,828 6,710,040Investment securities — available for sale 30,250 – 56,911 97,049 124,270 254,146 123,774 686,400 — held to maturity – – 14,980 35,541 216,901 582,887 332,771 1,183,080 — loans and receivables – – 1,326 5,069 21,675 26,402 214,982 269,454

Other 199,279 233,121 31,745 26,702 34,290 33,681 3,875 562,693

Total assets 1,720,199 781,755 913,168 1,167,923 2,633,769 2,582,019 2,881,782 12,680,615

LiabilitiesDue to banks and other fi nancial institutions – 647,019 197,796 274,064 192,724 241,589 – 1,553,192Due to central banks – 85,373 4,865 7,746 32,038 – – 130,022Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 198,660 71,078 43,266 – – 313,004Derivative fi nancial liabilities – 10,560 2,505 2,609 7,503 6,652 2,628 32,457Due to customers – 4,213,199 1,159,015 986,503 1,885,171 918,590 11,517 9,173,995Bonds issued – – 726 3,879 4,048 44,047 146,433 199,133

Other – 128,576 51,048 46,867 91,905 62,066 36,808 417,270

Total liabilities – 5,084,727 1,614,615 1,392,746 2,256,655 1,272,944 197,386 11,819,073

Net liquidity gap 1,720,199 (4,302,972) (701,447) (224,823) 377,114 1,309,075 2,684,396 861,542

2013 Annual Report 296

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5 Liquidity risk (Continued)

5.2 Maturity analysis (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2013

Overdue/Undated

On demand

Less than 1 month

Between 1 and 3 months

Between 3 and 12 months

Between 1 and 5

yearsOver

5 years Total

AssetsCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions – 131,120 90,502 129,672 295,377 – – 646,671Balances with central banks 1,601,600 298,766 114,809 – – – – 2,015,175Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 48 – 326,095 104,851 219,811 3,839 2,872 657,516Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss – – 3,089 2,256 3,022 18,351 6,596 33,314Derivative fi nancial assets – 257 4,071 4,610 10,310 2,967 756 22,971Loans and advances to customers, net 18,468 1,125 393,267 816,873 1,760,878 1,443,523 2,194,625 6,628,759Investment securities — available for sale 2,489 – 20,272 44,016 86,301 140,568 62,974 356,620 — held to maturity – – 17,363 33,524 191,222 607,486 339,283 1,188,878 — loans and receivables – – 1,532 2,538 10,767 27,888 218,882 261,607Other 191,339 196,881 16,323 19,930 19,399 36,703 7,537 488,112

Total assets 1,813,944 628,149 987,323 1,158,270 2,597,087 2,281,325 2,833,525 12,299,623

LiabilitiesDue to banks and other fi nancial institutions – 614,434 143,824 156,465 364,404 217,494 4,195 1,500,816Due to central banks – 39,726 12,297 41,325 64,352 6,861 – 164,561Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 202,364 112,038 47,632 – – 362,034Derivative fi nancial liabilities – 236 3,777 5,211 9,716 3,895 695 23,530Due to customers – 3,953,875 989,661 919,977 2,053,303 1,018,609 12,096 8,947,521Bonds issued – – 6,169 10,695 20,082 55,607 98,930 191,483Other – 35,350 43,816 23,875 110,170 28,253 2,254 243,718

Total liabilities – 4,643,621 1,401,908 1,269,586 2,669,659 1,330,719 118,170 11,433,663

Net liquidity gap 1,813,944 (4,015,472) (414,585) (111,316) (72,572) 950,606 2,715,355 865,960

2013 Annual Report297

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5 Liquidity risk (Continued)

5.2 Maturity analysis (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2012

Overdue/Undated

On demand

Less than 1 month

Between 1 and 3 months

Between 3 and 12

months

Between 1 and 5

yearsOver

5 years Total

AssetsCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions – 151,695 124,086 130,489 309,114 30,209 – 745,593Balances with central banks 1,466,433 240,962 151,306 447 189 25 – 1,859,362Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 189,660 75,599 164,925 4,447 852 435,483Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss – – 884 897 3,677 16,209 7,987 29,654Derivative fi nancial assets – 36 2,418 2,112 7,277 2,970 1,126 15,939Loans and advances to customers, net 10,732 4,412 290,330 715,295 1,606,419 1,364,959 1,998,423 5,990,570Investment securities — available for sale 1,903 – 15,241 24,255 69,122 129,022 67,467 307,010 — held to maturity – – 13,799 33,265 212,688 572,682 330,982 1,163,416 — loans and receivables – – 137 2,517 17,225 26,401 214,982 261,262

Other 185,696 154,216 13,547 23,994 32,016 23,364 998 433,831

Total assets 1,664,764 551,321 801,408 1,008,870 2,422,652 2,170,288 2,622,817 11,242,120

LiabilitiesDue to banks and other fi nancial institutions – 580,139 207,094 276,771 211,353 241,501 – 1,516,858Due to central banks – 74,419 4,062 7,746 32,035 – – 118,262Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 184,353 76,443 52,320 – – 313,116Derivative fi nancial liabilities – 2 2,140 2,045 6,617 3,975 1,603 16,382Due to customers – 3,609,597 914,231 866,617 1,797,661 912,169 10,799 8,111,074Bonds issued – – 722 3,879 5,568 39,338 128,931 178,438

Other – 45,212 27,021 36,662 83,218 19,771 2,702 214,586

Total liabilities – 4,309,369 1,339,623 1,270,163 2,188,772 1,216,754 144,035 10,468,716

Net liquidity gap 1,664,764 (3,758,048) (538,215) (261,293) 233,880 953,534 2,478,782 773,404

2013 Annual Report 298

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5 Liquidity risk (Continued)

5.3 Undiscounted cash fl ows by contractual maturities

The tables below present the cash fl ows of the Group and the Bank of non-derivative fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities and derivative fi nancial instruments that will be settled on a net basis and on a gross basis by remaining contractual maturities at the fi nancial reporting date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash fl ow, except for certain derivatives which are disclosed at fair value (i.e. discounted cash fl ows basis). The Group also manages its inherent short-term liquidity risk based on expected undiscounted cash fl ows.

Group

As at 31 December 2013

Overdue/Undated

On demand

Less than 1 month

Between 1 and 3 months

Between 3 and 12 months

Between 1 and 5

yearsOver

5 years Total

Non-derivative cash fl owCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions 1 163,055 100,402 140,436 314,825 1,612 – 720,331Balances with central banks 1,613,606 404,448 114,827 – – – – 2,132,881Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 345,315 111,761 209,682 3,057 – 669,815Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 7,622 – 5,595 7,421 11,658 36,249 14,556 83,101Loans and advances to customers, net 22,126 84,445 456,771 962,530 2,118,518 2,352,610 3,255,828 9,252,828Investment securities — available for sale 34,245 – 40,577 73,244 165,791 313,593 150,863 778,313 — held to maturity – – 19,091 35,530 222,157 716,680 410,328 1,403,786 — loans and receivables – – 4,256 6,602 19,239 54,955 237,478 322,530Other fi nancial assets 110 8,081 18,866 6,121 14,498 1,394 4,021 53,091

Total fi nancial assets 1,677,710 660,029 1,105,700 1,343,645 3,076,368 3,480,150 4,073,074 15,416,676

Due to banks and other fi nancial institutions – 727,363 135,655 149,772 330,933 238,806 5,119 1,587,648Due to central banks – 65,077 23,609 41,449 65,172 7,128 – 202,435Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 188,234 105,458 47,928 – – 341,620Due to customers – 4,582,972 1,266,879 1,097,095 2,282,818 1,167,245 13,712 10,410,721Bonds issued – – 5,978 12,787 26,551 101,769 157,425 304,510Other fi nancial liabilities – 36,973 25,916 4,320 3,916 18,123 16,641 105,889

Total fi nancial liabilities – 5,412,385 1,646,271 1,410,881 2,757,318 1,533,071 192,897 12,952,823

Derivative cash fl owDerivative fi nancial instruments settled on a net basis – 3,460 (31) 175 (564) 140 1,689 4,869

Derivative fi nancial instruments settled on a gross basis Total infl ow – 20,744 776,781 412,859 1,058,576 142,048 5,546 2,416,554 Total outfl ow – (20,573) (775,164) (412,679) (1,054,743) (141,900) (5,546) (2,410,605)

2013 Annual Report299

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5 Liquidity risk (Continued)

5.3 Undiscounted cash fl ows by contractual maturities (Continued)

Group

As at 31 December 2012

Overdue/Undated

On demand

Less than 1 month

Between 1 and 3 months

Between 3 and 12

months

Between 1 and 5

yearsOver

5 years Total

Non-derivative cash fl owCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions – 165,944 129,088 139,282 324,102 34,774 – 793,190Balances with central banks 1,476,088 304,563 153,764 447 189 25 – 1,935,076Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 196,665 85,685 168,727 4,983 – 456,060Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss 2,251 – 9,972 4,933 10,273 35,119 15,522 78,070Loans and advances to customers, net 13,944 66,593 351,564 839,248 1,945,651 2,250,095 3,077,335 8,544,430Investment securities — available for sale 30,250 – 58,353 99,954 136,607 297,061 141,575 763,800 — held to maturity – – 17,357 43,773 271,194 680,489 389,690 1,402,503 — loans and receivables – – 1,403 6,043 27,209 49,714 237,961 322,330Other fi nancial assets 148 5,267 20,270 7,189 12,105 1,379 996 47,354

Total fi nancial assets 1,522,681 542,367 938,436 1,226,554 2,896,057 3,353,639 3,863,079 14,342,813

Due to banks and other fi nancial institutions – 647,036 199,077 289,971 197,778 295,558 – 1,629,420Due to central banks – 85,373 4,866 7,751 32,202 – – 130,192Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 199,141 71,296 43,713 – – 314,150Due to customers – 4,222,800 1,184,278 1,014,324 1,958,478 1,024,587 13,030 9,417,497Bonds issued – – 749 5,960 9,160 71,962 190,777 278,608Other fi nancial liabilities – 19,725 25,161 6,690 10,449 19,751 18,795 100,571

Total fi nancial liabilities – 4,974,934 1,613,272 1,395,992 2,251,780 1,411,858 222,602 11,870,438

Derivative cash fl owDerivative fi nancial instruments settled on a net basis – 3,788 (304) (48) (1,506) (978) 993 1,945

Derivative fi nancial instruments settled on a gross basis Total infl ow – 39,655 582,266 377,189 981,656 93,826 990 2,075,582 Total outfl ow – (39,660) (586,393) (375,201) (977,531) (93,628) (989) (2,073,402)

2013 Annual Report 300

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5 Liquidity risk (Continued)

5.3 Undiscounted cash fl ows by contractual maturities (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2013

Overdue/Undated

On demand

Less than 1 month

Between 1 and 3 months

Between 3 and 12 months

Between 1 and 5

yearsOver

5 years TotalNon-derivative cash fl owCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions – 131,120 91,740 132,474 307,812 – – 663,146Balances with central banks 1,601,600 299,597 114,825 – – – – 2,016,022Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions 48 – 328,554 105,952 225,964 4,053 3,309 667,880Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss – – 3,344 2,482 3,637 20,355 7,479 37,297Loans and advances to customers, net 18,827 1,725 413,962 898,483 1,958,025 2,059,494 3,034,149 8,384,665Investment securities — available for sale 2,489 – 20,862 45,878 93,322 160,284 74,043 396,878 — held to maturity – – 17,986 35,165 216,945 705,096 404,538 1,379,730 — loans and receivables – – 1,532 4,010 16,580 54,955 237,478 314,555Other fi nancial assets 44 4,844 3,038 5,577 6,494 – 921 20,918

Total fi nancial assets 1,623,008 437,286 995,843 1,230,021 2,828,779 3,004,237 3,761,917 13,881,091

Due to banks and other fi nancial institutions – 614,475 148,364 159,563 376,200 236,211 4,926 1,539,739Due to central banks – 39,726 12,770 41,425 64,984 7,127 – 166,032Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 203,727 112,521 48,467 – – 364,715Due to customers – 3,955,224 1,021,653 944,539 2,159,169 1,160,228 13,642 9,254,455Bonds issued – – 6,195 12,361 24,833 80,862 136,957 261,208Other fi nancial liabilities – 25,725 2,492 1,256 426 163 193 30,255

Total fi nancial liabilities – 4,635,150 1,395,201 1,271,665 2,674,079 1,484,591 155,718 11,616,404

Derivative cash fl owDerivative fi nancial instruments settled on a net basis – 1 (15) 4 (72) (505) 60 (527)

Derivative fi nancial instruments settled on a gross basis Total infl ow – 4,928 511,939 285,302 814,401 97,097 4,210 1,717,877 Total outfl ow – (4,755) (511,107) (285,749) (812,577) (97,112) (4,210) (1,715,510)

2013 Annual Report301

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5 Liquidity risk (Continued)

5.3 Undiscounted cash fl ows by contractual maturities (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2012

Overdue/Undated

On demand

Less than 1 month

Between 1 and 3 months

Between 3 and 12

months

Between 1 and 5

yearsOver

5 years Total

Non-derivative cash fl owCash and due from banks and other fi nancial institutions – 151,695 124,510 134,458 318,072 33,582 – 762,317Balances with central banks 1,466,433 241,724 151,306 447 189 25 – 1,860,124Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 190,450 76,894 170,400 5,487 852 444,083Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss – – 906 942 4,554 17,790 8,833 33,025Loans and advances to customers, net 11,860 5,218 323,250 777,133 1,803,200 1,983,527 2,863,108 7,767,296Investment securities — available for sale 1,903 – 16,147 27,826 76,224 143,143 76,549 341,792 — held to maturity – – 15,253 39,937 244,265 669,552 387,457 1,356,464 — loans and receivables – – 215 3,483 22,685 49,714 237,961 314,058Other fi nancial assets 61 2,126 3,409 5,943 11,434 – 991 23,964

Total fi nancial assets 1,480,257 400,763 825,446 1,067,063 2,651,023 2,902,820 3,575,751 12,903,123

Due to banks and other fi nancial institutions – 580,139 208,390 292,692 217,004 295,451 – 1,593,676Due to central banks – 74,419 4,063 7,751 32,198 – – 118,431Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions – – 184,845 76,704 52,853 – – 314,402Due to customers – 3,619,529 938,722 894,073 1,872,365 1,025,454 20,981 8,371,124Bonds issued – – 753 5,524 12,104 91,327 142,886 252,594Other fi nancial liabilities – 18,444 2,987 941 5,123 477 81 28,053

Total fi nancial liabilities – 4,292,531 1,339,760 1,277,685 2,191,647 1,412,709 163,948 10,678,280

Derivative cash fl owDerivative fi nancial instruments settled on a net basis – – (209) (355) (1,347) (810) 221 (2,500)

Derivative fi nancial instruments settled on a gross basis Total infl ow – – 386,117 228,272 743,229 65,274 16 1,422,908 Total outfl ow – – (407,327) (229,847) (740,353) (64,866) (16) (1,442,409)

2013 Annual Report 302

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5 Liquidity risk (Continued)

5.4 Off-balance sheet items

The Group’s and the Bank’s off-balance sheet fi nancial instruments that commit it to extend credit to customers and other facilities are summarised in the table below at the remaining period to the contractual maturity date. Financial guarantees are also included below at notional amounts and based on the earliest contractual maturity date. Where the Group and the Bank are the lessee under operating lease commitments, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases, as disclosed in Note V.40.5, are summarised in the table below.

Group

As at 31 December 2013Less than

1 yearBetween

1 and 5 yearsOver

5 years TotalLoan commitments 407,528 188,353 57,346 653,227Guarantees, acceptances and other fi nancial facilities 1,359,420 285,598 201,565 1,846,583

Subtotal 1,766,948 473,951 258,911 2,499,810

Operating lease commitments 5,399 12,505 5,036 22,940Capital commitments 22,381 34,332 16,580 73,293

Total 1,794,728 520,788 280,527 2,596,043

As at 31 December 2012Less than

1 yearBetween

1 and 5 yearsOver

5 years TotalLoan commitments 481,832 143,539 100,043 725,414Guarantees, acceptances and other fi nancial facilities 1,198,530 237,786 155,775 1,592,091

Subtotal 1,680,362 381,325 255,818 2,317,505

Operating lease commitments 8,003 12,040 4,136 24,179Capital commitments 31,530 32,627 14,662 78,819

Total 1,719,895 425,992 274,616 2,420,503

2013 Annual Report303

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5 Liquidity risk (Continued)

5.4 Off-balance sheet items (Continued)

Bank

As at 31 December 2013Less than

1 yearBetween

1 and 5 yearsOver

5 years TotalLoan commitments 371,351 149,823 56,365 577,539Guarantees, acceptances and other fi nancial facilities 1,316,236 293,794 202,168 1,812,198

Subtotal 1,687,587 443,617 258,533 2,389,737

Operating lease commitments 4,565 11,126 4,636 20,327Capital commitments 7,918 2,558 – 10,476

Total 1,700,070 457,301 263,169 2,420,540

As at 31 December 2012Less than

1 yearBetween

1 and 5 yearsOver

5 years TotalLoan commitments 405,723 142,670 100,043 648,436Guarantees, acceptances and other fi nancial facilities 1,160,586 242,728 161,575 1,564,889

Subtotal 1,566,309 385,398 261,618 2,213,325

Operating lease commitments 7,214 10,739 3,699 21,652Capital commitments 9,754 3,862 13 13,629

Total 1,583,277 399,999 265,330 2,248,606

2013 Annual Report 304

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

6 Fair value of assets and liabilities

6.1 Financial instruments not measured at fair value

Financial assets and liabilities not presented at their fair value on the statement of fi nancial position mainly represent “Balances with central banks”, “Due from banks and other fi nancial institutions”, “Placements with and loans to banks and other fi nancial institutions”, “Loans and advances to customers, net”, “Investment securities” classifi ed as held to maturity and loans and receivables, “Due to central banks”, “Due to banks and other fi nancial institutions”, “Placements from banks and other fi nancial institutions”, and “Due to customers” measured at amortised cost, and “Bonds issued”.

The tables below summarise the carrying amounts and fair values of “Investment securities” classifi ed as held to maturity and loans and receivables, and “Bonds issued” not presented at fair value on the statement of fi nancial position.

Group

As at 31 DecemberCarrying value Fair value

2013 2012 2013 2012Financial assetsInvestment securities (1)

— held to maturity 1,210,531 1,183,080 1,163,807 1,179,903 — loans and receivables 269,543 269,454 268,559 269,471

Financial liabilitiesBonds issued (2) 224,704 199,133 215,070 195,885

Bank

As at 31 DecemberCarrying value Fair value

2013 2012 2013 2012Financial assetsInvestment securities (1)

— held to maturity 1,188,878 1,163,416 1,142,075 1,159,745 — loans and receivables 261,607 261,262 260,625 261,263

Financial liabilitiesBonds issued (2) 191,483 178,438 180,368 174,661

2013 Annual Report305

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

6 Fair value of assets and liabilities (Continued)

6.1 Financial instruments not measured at fair value (Continued)

(1) Investment securities classifi ed as held to maturity and loans and receivables

The Orient Bond and Special Purpose Treasury Bond held by the Bank are non-negotiable. As there are no

observable market prices or yields refl ecting arm’s length transactions of a comparable size and tenor, the fair

value is determined based on stated interest rate of the instruments.

Fair values of other debt securities are based on market prices or broker/dealer price quotations. Where this

information is not available, the Bank will perform valuation by referring to prices from valuation service

providers or on the basis of discounted cash fl ows models. Valuation parameters include market interest rates,

expected future default rates, prepayment rates and market liquidity. The fair values of RMB bonds are mainly

determined based on the valuation results provided by China Central Depository Trust & Clearing Co., Ltd.

(2) Bonds issued

The aggregate fair values are calculated based on quoted market prices. For those bonds where quoted market

prices are not available, a discounted cash fl ow model is used based on a current yield curve appropriate for

the remaining term to maturity. The fair value for the convertible bonds (including the conversion option value)

is based on the quoted market price on the Shanghai Stock Exchange.

The tables below summarise the three levels’ fair values of “Investment securities” classifi ed as held to maturity and loans and receivables (excluding the China Orient Bond and Special Purpose Treasury Bond), and “Bonds issued” not presented at fair value on the statement of fi nancial position.

As at December 2013

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial assetsInvestment securities — held to maturity 62,575 1,100,976 256 1,163,807

— loans and receivables – 65,906 153 66,059

Financial liabilitiesBonds issued 38,197 176,873 – 215,070

Other than the above, the difference between the carrying amounts and fair values of those fi nancial assets and liabilities not presented at their fair value on the statement of fi nancial position are insignifi cant. Fair value is measured using a discounted cash fl ow model.

2013 Annual Report 306

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

6 Fair value of assets and liabilities (Continued)

6.2 Assets and liabilities measured at fair value

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classifi ed into the following three levels:

• Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, including equity securities listed on exchange or debt instrument issued by certain governments and certain exchange-traded derivative contracts.

• Level 2: Valuation technique using inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. This level includes the majority of the over-the-counter derivative contracts, debt securities for which quotations are available from pricing services providers, traded loans and issued structured deposits.

• Level 3: Valuation technique using inputs for the asset or liability that is not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). This level includes equity investments and debt instruments with signifi cant unobservable components.

The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers between levels of fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period in which they occur.

The Group uses valuation techniques or counterparty quotations to determine the fair value of fi nancial instruments when it is unable to obtain open market quotation in active markets.

The main parameters used in valuation techniques for fi nancial instruments held by the Group include bond prices, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity and stock prices, volatilities, correlations, early repayment rates, counterparty credit spreads and others, which are all observable and obtainable from the open market.

For certain illiquid debt securities (mainly asset-backed securities), unlisted equity (private equity), over-the-counter structured derivatives transactions held by the Group, unlisted funds and part of investment properties, the management obtains valuation quotations from counterparties or uses valuation techniques to determine the fair value, including discounted cash fl ow analysis, net asset value and market comparison approach, etc. The fair value of these fi nancial instruments may be based on unobservable inputs which may have signifi cant impact on the valuation of these fi nancial instruments, and therefore, these assets and liabilities have been classifi ed by the Group as level 3. The unobservable inputs which may have impact on the valuation include weighted average cost of capital, liquidity discount, price to book ratio, rental growth, etc. As at 31 December 2013, fair value changes resulting from changes in the unobservable inputs were not signifi cant. Management determines whether to make necessary adjustments to the fair value for the Group’s level 3 fi nancial instruments by assessing the impact of changes in macro-economic factors, valuations by external valuation agencies and other inputs, including loss coverage ratios. The Group has established internal control procedures to control the Group’s exposure to such fi nancial instruments.

2013 Annual Report307

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

6 Fair value of assets and liabilities (Continued)

6.2 Assets and liabilities measured at fair value (Continued)

(1) Financial instruments measured at fair value

As at 31 December 2013Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial assets measured at fair valueFinancial assets at fair value through profi t or loss — Debt securities 267 62,284 301 62,852 — Fund investments and other 1,278 – – 1,278 — Loans – 4,321 – 4,321 — Equity securities 6,470 279 – 6,749Derivative fi nancial assets 11,175 29,648 – 40,823Investment securities available for sale — Debt securities 54,911 605,417 5,430 665,758 — Fund investments and other 1,891 – 6,930 8,821 — Equity securities 4,667 2,735 19,215 26,617

Financial liabilities measured at fair valueDue to customers at fair value – (156,498) – (156,498)Short position in debt securities – (7,681) – (7,681)Derivative fi nancial liabilities (7,649) (28,563) – (36,212)

As at 31 December 2012Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial assets measured at fair valueFinancial assets at fair value through profi t or loss — Debt securities 332 64,173 268 64,773 — Fund investments 780 – – 780 — Loans – 4,566 – 4,566 — Equity securities 1,299 172 – 1,471Derivative fi nancial assets 14,501 25,687 – 40,188Investment securities available for sale — Debt securities 128,481 523,286 2,952 654,719 — Fund investments and other 586 – 7,054 7,640 — Equity securities 4,326 1,869 17,846 24,041

Financial liabilities measured at fair valueDue to customers at fair value – (163,395) (622) (164,017)Short position in debt securities – (14,061) – (14,061)Derivative fi nancial liabilities (10,898) (21,559) – (32,457)

2013 Annual Report 308

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

6 Fair value of assets and liabilities (Continued)

6.2 Assets and liabilities measured at fair value (Continued)

(1) Financial instruments measured at fair value (Continued)

Reconciliation of Level 3 Items

Financial assets at fair

value through profi t or loss

Investment securities available for sale

Due to customers at

fair value

Debt securities

Debt securities

Fund investments

and otherEquity

securitiesStructured

depositAs at 1 January 2013 268 2,952 7,054 17,846 (622)Total gains and losses — profi t or loss 19 44 (121) 5 – — other comprehensive income – 49 168 681 –Sales – (614) (934) (63) –Purchases 142 3,813 1,346 746 –Settlements – – – – 622Transfers out of Level 3, net (128) (456) (583) – –Reclassifi cation to held to maturity securities – (358) – – –

As at 31 December 2013 301 5,430 6,930 19,215 –

Total gains or losses for the year included in the income statement for assets/liabilities held as at 31 December 2013 17 15 (120) 309 –

As at 1 January 2012 108 4,666 5,617 16,617 (164)Total gains and losses — profi t or loss 27 73 42 (27) – — other comprehensive income – 162 403 (183) –Sales (4) (626) (463) (294) –Purchases – 1,499 1,455 1,733 –Issues – – – – (622)Settlements – – – – 164

Transfers into/(out of) Level 3, net 137 (2,822) – – –

As at 31 December 2012 268 2,952 7,054 17,846 (622)

Total gains or losses for the year included in the income statement for assets/liabilities held as at 31 December 2012 27 8 140 (132) –

2013 Annual Report309

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

6 Fair value of assets and liabilities (Continued)

6.2 Assets and liabilities measured at fair value (Continued)

(1) Financial instruments measured at fair value (Continued)

Total gains or losses for the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012 included in the income statement as well as total gains or losses included in the income statement relating to fi nancial instruments held at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are presented in “Net trading gains”, “Net gains on investment securities” or “Impairment losses on assets” depending on the nature or category of the related fi nancial instruments.

(2) Non-fi nancial instruments measured at fair value

As at 31 December 2013Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Investment properties – 2,888 17,383 20,271

Reconciliation of Level 3 items for investment properties

Investment properties

As at 1 January 2013 14,745Total gains and losses — profi t 340 — other comprehensive income –Sales (7)Purchases 2,775Transfer to Property and equipment (199)Other changes (271)

As at 31 December 2013 17,383

Total gains for the year included in the income statement for investment properties held as at 31 December 2013 340

The assets and liabilities measured at fair value have been no signifi cant transfers between level 1 and level 2 during 2013.

Gains or losses on level 3 assets and liabilities included in the income statement for the year comprise:

Year ended 31 December 2013Realised Unrealised Total

Total gains for the year 41 246 287

2013 Annual Report 310

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

7 Capital managementThe Group follows the principles below with regard to capital management:

• maintain levels of asset quality consistent with the Group’s business strategy and adequate capital to support the implementation of the Group’s strategic development plan and meet the regulatory requirements;

• effectively identify, quantify, monitor, mitigate and control the major risks to which the Group is exposed, and maintain capital appropriate to the Group’s risk exposure and risk management needs; and

• optimise asset structure and allocate economic capital in a reasonable manner to ensure the sustainable development of the Group.

Capital adequacy and regulatory capital are monitored by the Group’s management, employing techniques based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee, as implemented by the CBRC, for supervisory purposes. The required information is fi led with the CBRC on a quarterly basis.

From 1 January 2013, the Group commenced to calculate the capital adequacy ratios in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) and other relevant regulations promulgated by the CBRC. As a Systemically Important Bank, the Group is expected to meet the requirements of the CBRC by the end of 2018, that is, the common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio, tier 1 capital adequacy ratio and capital adequacy ratio should be no less than 8.50%, 9.50% and 11.50%, respectively.

The Group’s regulatory capital is managed by its Financial Management Department and consists of the following:

• Common equity tier 1 capital, including common shares, capital reserve, surplus reserve, general reserve, undistributed profi ts, and eligible portion of minority interests;

• Additional tier 1 capital, including additional tier 1 capital instruments issued and related premium and eligible portion of minority interests;

• Tier 2 capital, including tier 2 capital instruments issued and related premium, excess loan loss provisions and eligible portion of minority interests.

Goodwill, other intangible assets (except land use right), investments in common equity tier 1 capital of fi nancial institutions with controlling interests but outside of the scope of regulatory consolidation, signifi cant minority capital investment in tier 2 capital of fi nancial institutions that are outside of the scope of regulatory consolidation and other deductible items are deducted from common equity tier 1 and tier 2 capital to derive at the regulatory capital.

The on-balance sheet risk-weighted assets are measured using different risk weights, which are determined according to the credit risks associated with each asset and counterparty, taking into account any eligible collateral or guarantee. A similar calculation is adopted for off-balance sheet exposures, with adjustments made to refl ect the contingent nature of the potential losses. The CCR risk-weighted assets for OTC derivatives are the summation of risk-weighted assets for default risk and CVA risk-weighted assets. Market risk-weighted assets are calculated using the standardised approach. Basic indicator approach is used to calculate the risk-weighted assets of operational risk.

The Group took various measures to manage risk-weighted assets including adjusting the composition of its on-balance and off-balance sheet assets.

2013 Annual Report311

(Amount in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

7 Capital management (Continued)

The Group complied with the externally imposed capital requirements to which it is subject. The table below summarises the common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio, tier 1 capital adequacy ratio and capital adequacy ratio(1) as at 31 December 2013:

Group

31 December 2013Common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 9.69%Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 9.70%Capital adequacy ratio 12.46%

Composition of the Group’s capital base

Common equity tier 1 capital 925,037 Common shares 279,365 Capital reserve 111,507 Surplus reserve 79,868 General reserve 144,434 Undistributed profi ts 303,053 Eligible portion of minority interests 25,225 Other (2) (18,415)

Regulatory deductions (12,089) Goodwill (96) Other intangible assets (except land use rights) (3,887) Gains on sales related to securitisation transactions (60) Direct or indirect investments in own shares (28) Reserve relating to cash-fl ow hedge items not measured at fair value (1) Investments in common equity tier 1 capital of fi nancial institutions with controlling interests but outside of the scope of regulatory consolidation (8,017)

Net common equity tier 1 capital 912,948

Additional tier 1 capital 698 Eligible portion of minority interests 698

Net tier 1 capital 913,646

Tier 2 capital 262,768 Tier 2 capital instruments issued and related premium 148,102 Excess loan loss provisions 94,778 Eligible portion of minority interests 19,888

Regulatory deductions (3,067) Signifi cant minority capital investment in tier 2 capital of fi nancial institutions that are outside of the scope of regulatory consolidation (3,067)

Net capital 1,173,347

Risk-weighted assets 9,418,726

2013 Annual Report 312

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VI FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

7 Capital management (Continued)

(1) When calculating the capital adequacy ratios, Bank of China Group Investment Limited, Bank of China Insurance

Company Limited, Bank of China Group Insurance Company Limited and Bank of China Group Life Assurance

Company Limited were excluded from the scope of subsidiary consolidation in accordance with requirements of

CBRC.

(2) Other is the foreign currency translation reserve.

The Group’s core capital adequacy ratio and capital adequacy ratio were 10.54% and 13.63%, respectively, as at 31 December 2012, which were calculated in accordance with Regulation Governing Capital Adequacy of Commercial Banks.

8 Insurance risk

Insurance contracts are mainly sold in Chinese mainland and Hong Kong denominated in RMB and HKD. The risk under any one insurance contract is the possibility that the insured event occurs and the uncertainty of the amount of the resulting claim. This risk is inherently random and, therefore, unpredictable. The Group manages its portfolio of insurance risks through its underwriting strategy and policies, portfolio management techniques, adequate reinsurance arrangements and proactive claims handling and processing. The underwriting strategy attempts to ensure that the underwritten risks are well diversifi ed in terms of type and amount of risk and industry.

For a portfolio of insurance contracts where the theory of probability is applied to pricing and provisioning, the principal risk that the Group faces under its insurance contracts is that the actual claims and benefi t payments exceed the carrying amount of the insurance liabilities. This could occur because the frequency or severity of the claims and benefi ts are greater than estimated. Insurance events are random and the actual number and amount of claims and benefi ts will vary from year to year from the level established using statistical techniques.

Uncertainty in the estimation of future benefi t payments and premium receipts for long-term life insurance contracts arises from the unpredictability of long-term changes in overall levels of mortality. In order to assess the uncertainty due to the mortality assumption and lapse assumption, the Group conducted mortality rate studies and policy lapse studies in order to determine the appropriate assumptions.